Upload
others
View
4
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Design and Characterization of Tunable Magneto-Rheological Fluid-Elastic Mounts
By
Brian Mitchell Southern
Thesis submitted to the Faculty of the
Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
Master of Science
in
Mechanical Engineering
Approved:
Dr. Mehdi Ahmadian, Chairman
Dr. Corina Sandu
Dr. Fernando D. Goncalves
April 28, 2008 Blacksburg, Virginia
Keywords: mount, isolator, elastomer, elastic, MR fluid-elastic mount,
magnetorheological fluid, MR fluid, magneto-rheological fluid, tunable
isolator, characterization, semi-active
Copyright© Brian M Southern 2008
ii
Design and Characterization of Tunable Magneto-Rheological Fluid-Elastic Mounts
By
Brian Mitchell Southern
Abstract
This study of adaptable vibration isolating mounts sets out to capture the uniqueness of
magnetorheological (MR) fluid’s variable viscosity rate, and to physically alter the
damping and stiffness when used inside an elastomeric mount. Apparent variable
viscosity or rheology of the MR fluid has dependency on the application of a magnetic
field. Therefore, this study also intends to look at the design of a compact magnetic field
generator which magnetizes the MR fluid to activate different stiffness and damping
levels within the isolator to create an adaptable and tunable feature.
To achieve this adaptable isolator mount, a mold will be fabricated to construct the
mounts. A process will then be devised to manufacture the mounts and place MR fluid
inside the mount for later compatibility with the magnetic field generator. This process
will then produce an MR fluid-elastic mount. Additionally for comparative purposes,
passive mounts will be manufactured with a soft rubber casing and an assortment of metal
and non-metal inserts. Next, the design of the magnetic field generator will be modeled
using FEA magnetic software and then constructed.
Stiffness or force/displacement measurements will then be analyzed from testing the
isolator mount and magnetic field generator on a state-of-the-art vibration dynamometer.
To vary the magnetic flux through the mount, an electro-magnet is used. To analyze the
results, a frequency method of the stiffness will be used to show the isolators adaptation to
various increments of magnetic flux over the sinusoidal input displacement frequencies.
This frequency response of the stiffness will then be converted into a modeling technique
to capture the essence of the dynamics from activating the MR fluid within the isolator
mount.
iii
With this methodology for studying the adaptability of an MR fluid-elastic mount, the
stiffness increases are dependent on the level of magnetic field intensity provided from the
supplied electro-magnet. When the electro-magnet current supply is increased from 0.0 to
2.0 Amps, the mount stiffness magnitude increase is 78% in one of the MR fluid-elastic
mounts. Through comparison, this MR fluid-elastic mount at off-state with zero magnetic
field is similar to a mount made of solid rubber with a hardness of 30 Shore A. With 2
Amps of current, however, the MR fluid-elastic mount has a higher stiffness magnitude
than a rubber mount and resembles a rubber casing with a steel insert.
Moreover, when the current in the electro-magnet is increased from 0.0 to 2.0 Amps
the equivalent damping coefficient in a MR fluid-elastic mount increases over 500% of
the value at 0 Amps at low frequency. Through damping comparisons, the MR fluid-
elastic mount with no current is similar to that of a mount made of solid rubber with a
hardness of 30 Shore A. At full current in the electromagnet, however, the damping in the
MR fluid-elastic mount is greater than any of the comparative mounts in this study.
Therefore, the results show that the MR fluid-elastic mount can provide a wide range
of stiffness and damping variation for real-time embedded applications. Since many
aerospace and automotive applications use passive isolators as engine mounts in
secondary suspensions to reduce transmitted forces at cruise speed, the MR fluid-elastic
mount could be substituted to reduce transmitted forces over a wider range of speeds.
Additionally, this compact MR fluid-elastic mount system could be easily adapted to
many packaging constraints in those applications.
iv
Acknowledgments
First, I want to thank Dr. Mehdi Ahmadian for presenting me with the opportunity to
further my education with Center for Vehicle Systems and Safety (CVeSS). For his
support and continued involvement, I am greatly indebted. Furthermore, I would like to
thank my committee for their contributions. In addition, I would like to recognize Dr.
Fernando Goncalves for his guidance and wisdom. I would like to thank the PERL
laboratory and Dr. Southward for his continued assistance. At PERL, Shawn Emmons
was of valuable help as he provided superb testing assistance for the mounts in this study.
I would like to thank Dr. Brendan Chan for his help and moral support during my time
with the Advanced Vehicle Dynamics Lab (AVDL). For photography and mount
construction, I would like to thank Zac Charlton for his presence and assistance. Florin
Marcu, Ben Langford, and Mohammad Rastgaar provided great assistance in early design
stages and their help is greatly appreciated. Last, I would like to thank the entire CVeSS
family for the friendships earned and the experiences remembered.
Outside of CVeSS, I would like to thank Dr. Clint Dancey and Dr. Harry Robertshaw
as well as the M.E. Dept. for referring and finding teaching assistantships that provided
funding during my graduate career at Virginia Tech. Special thanks go to Scott Allen and
the Physics Dept. machine shop for fabricating quality parts. The quick turn around on
the work by Joe Linkous with Belmont Machining is vastly appreciated. I appreciate the
parts constructed by the M.E. Dept. machine shop. Last, I would like to thank LORD
Corporation for donating MR fluid and COSMOS for their donation of bobbin spools.
My family has been, in large, a support and driving factor for my achievements.
Therefore, I would like to thank them for their love and support, especially my father
Mike Southern. I would like to thank my grandmother Shirley Southern for her financial
contributions toward my graduate degree. In final, I would also like to remember and
thank my late grandfather Mose Southern for his love of life and resiliency with terminal
cancer and therefore dedicate this thesis to his memory.
v
Content ABSTRACT.................................................................................................................................................... II ACKNOWLEDGMENTS .................................................................................................................................. IV CONTENT...................................................................................................................................................... V LIST OF FIGURES........................................................................................................................................ VIII LIST OF TABLES .........................................................................................................................................XVI
1. INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 OVERVIEW..................................................................................................................................... 1 1.2 MOTIVATION ................................................................................................................................. 2 1.3 OBJECTIVES ................................................................................................................................... 3 1.4 APPROACH..................................................................................................................................... 3 1.5 OUTLINE........................................................................................................................................ 3
2. BACKGROUND................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 MR FLUID HISTORY AND DEVICES: LITERATURE REVIEW ............................................................ 4 2.1.1 MR Fluid Devices..................................................................................................................... 4 2.1.2 MR Fluid Operation................................................................................................................. 6
2.2 HYDRAULIC MOUNTS: LITERATURE REVIEW ................................................................................ 9 2.3 MR MOUNTS: LITERATURE REVIEW........................................................................................... 10
2.3.1 Magnetorheological Elastomers ............................................................................................ 10 2.3.2 Magnetorheological Fluid-Elastomers .................................................................................. 11 2.3.3 Additional MR Mounts ........................................................................................................... 13
2.4 VIBRATION ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES............................................................................................ 16 2.4.1 Linear Static Spring Stiffness ................................................................................................. 16 2.4.2 Linear Spring Stiffness, Viscous and Hysteretic Damping..................................................... 16 2.4.3 Linear Approximation ............................................................................................................ 17 2.4.4 Frequency Response Modeling .............................................................................................. 18
2.5 SUMMARY OF LITERATURE REVIEW ............................................................................................ 19
3. MR FLUID-ELASTIC MOUNT DESIGN AND FABRICATION................................................ 21
3.1 MAGNETIC CIRCUITRY PRINCIPALS............................................................................................. 21 3.2 MAGNETIC SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................... 23
3.2.1 Magnetic System Design ........................................................................................................ 24 3.2.2 Iteration Stage: Magnetic System Design ............................................................................. 37
3.3 ELASTIC MOUNT DESIGN ............................................................................................................ 42 3.3.1 Elastic Mount Design............................................................................................................. 42 3.3.2 Elastic Mount Fabrication ..................................................................................................... 45
iiivv
viiixvi
vi
3.3.3 Metal-Elastic Mount Fabrication........................................................................................... 50 3.4 DESIGN OF EXPERIMENT.............................................................................................................. 54 3.5 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................... 59
4. MOUNT STIFFNESS AND DAMPING CHARACTERIZATION .............................................. 60
4.1 ELASTIC PARAMETRIC ANALYSIS ................................................................................................ 60 4.1.1 Static Force-Displacement Analysis and Results ................................................................... 61 4.1.2 Force-Displacement Analysis ................................................................................................ 66 4.1.3 Force-Amplitude Analysis...................................................................................................... 73 4.1.4 Processing Analysis Method Evaluation................................................................................ 81
4.2 MOUNT PARAMETRIC RESULTS ................................................................................................... 83 4.2.1 MR fluid- Elastic Mount Parameters ..................................................................................... 84 4.2.2 Passive Elastic Parameters.................................................................................................... 93 4.2.3 Discrete Comparison of Stiffness Magnitude....................................................................... 102 4.2.4 Mount Comparison .............................................................................................................. 114
4.3 DISCUSSIONS ............................................................................................................................. 121
5. MR FLUID ELASTIC MOUNT MODELING AND CHARACTERIZATION ....................... 123
5.1 NON-PARAMETRIC MODELING APPROACH................................................................................ 123 5.1.1 MR Fluid Metal-Elastic Mount Modeling ............................................................................ 123 5.1.2 Nominal Parameter Results and Comparison...................................................................... 126 5.1.3 Nominal Parameter Relationship......................................................................................... 132
5.2 MODEL SIMULATION AND COMPARISON ................................................................................... 134 5.2.1 MR fluid Metal-Elastic Mount Simulation ........................................................................... 134 5.2.2 Model Error Evaluation....................................................................................................... 137
5.3 DAMPING MODELING APPROACH .............................................................................................. 142 5.3.1 MR Fluid-Elastic Mount Damping Model............................................................................ 143 5.3.2 MR Fluid-Elastic Mount Damping Simulation .................................................................... 144
5.4 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................. 146 5.4.1 Non-Parametric Simulation and Evaluation Remarks ......................................................... 147 5.4.2 Damping Simulation and Evaluation Remarks .................................................................... 148
6. CONCLUSIONS AND PROSPECTIVE RESEARCH................................................................. 149
6.1 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................. 149 6.2 RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................................................. 153 6.3 FUTURE WORK .......................................................................................................................... 155
REFERENCES ........................................................................................................................................... 157
APPENDIX A: MOUNT AND MAGNETIC DESIGN SCHEMATICS............................................... 162
vii
APPENDIX B: RESULTS......................................................................................................................... 176
APPENDIX C: DATA PROCESSING CODE ........................................................................................ 183
APPENDIX D: EARLY STAGES OF MOUNT DESIGN AND FABRICATION .............................. 204
viii
List of Figures
Figure 2-1: Polarization and alignment of ferrous iron in MR fluid, adapted from Ahn
et al. [8]. ..............................................................................................................5
Figure 2-2: MR fluid in valve mode with applied magnetic field, adapted from [20]. ...6
Figure 2-3: MR fluid in shear mode with applied magnetic field, adapted from [20]. ...7
Figure 2-4: MR fluid in squeeze mode setup prior to axial force with an applied
magnetic field, adapted from [20]. .....................................................................7
Figure 2-5: MR fluid in squeeze mode operation with axial force and applied magnetic
field. ....................................................................................................................8
Figure 2-6: Ferrous particle aggregation in squeeze mode operation after experiencing
a compressive load, adapted from [22]...............................................................8
Figure 2-7: Two chamber passive hydraulic fluid mount with decoupler, adapted from
[24]......................................................................................................................9
Figure 2-8: (a) Zero field curing, and (b) 100 mT field curing of polyurethane MR
elastomer with carbonyl-iron particles, adapted from [30]. .............................11
Figure 2-9: Magneto-rheological fluid-elastomer study by Wang, adapted from [35]. 12
Figure 2-10: Squeeze mode MR fluid mount by Nguyen et al., adapted from [37]........13
Figure 2-11: Single chamber MR fluid mount, adapted from Ahn et al. [8]...................14
Figure 2-12: Single pumper semi-active mount proposed by Vahdati in [42]. ...............15
Figure 2-13: MR fluid mount by Choi et al., adapted from [43]. ....................................15
Figure 3-1: Isometric view of mount and magnetic system design...............................23
Figure 3-2: (a) Elastic Casing sectional view, (b) Elastic Casing with magnetic-pole
plate inserts sectional view, and (c) isometric view of metal-elastic casing. ...24
Figure 3-3: Cross-sectional view of empty metal-elastic casing and magnetic system
with test fixtures. ..............................................................................................25
Figure 3-4: (a) Mount and magnet system cross-section view; (b) cross section
modeled in FEMM with field lines...................................................................28
Figure 3-5: B-H curves for MRF-122, MRF-132, MRF-140, and MRF-145 with field
intensity in fluid gap generated by a 3 Amp current supply.............................29
Figure 3-6: Simulated (a) Flux density for mount system and (b) magnetic flux
magnitude for MRF-122 with 3 Amps of current supplied to the electro coil. 30
ix
Figure 3-7: Simulated (a) Flux density for mount system and (b) magnetic flux
magnitude for MRF-132 with 3 Amps of current supplied to the electro coil. 31
Figure 3-8: Simulated (a) Flux density for mount system and (b) magnetic flux
magnitude for MRF-140 with 3 Amps of current supplied to the electro coil. 32
Figure 3-9: Simulated (a) Flux density for mount system and (b) magnetic flux
magnitude for MRF-140 with 3 Amps of current supplied to the electro coil. 33
Figure 3-10: (a) Magnitude of magnetic field intensity at the center of the fluid gap in
the mount with various MR fluids. ...................................................................34
Figure 3-11: Yield stress in MR fluids marked with the maximum yield stress achieved
in each fluid from a 3 Amp current supply to the mount system. ....................34
Figure 3-12: Simulated flux density magnitude plot using MRF-145 in FEMM for
mount system in the fluid gap at the magnetic-pole plate boundary. ...............35
Figure 3-13: Simulated flux magnitude plot using MRF-140 in FEMM for mount system
at the (a) center of the fluid gap and at the (b) upper-pole plate boundary. .....36
Figure 3-14: Magnetic system iteration-1 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of
lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software. ............................................38
Figure 3-15: Magnetic system iteration-2 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of
lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software. ............................................39
Figure 3-16: Magnetic system iteration-3 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of
lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software. ............................................40
Figure 3-17: Magnetic system iteration-4 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of
lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software. ............................................41
Figure 3-18: Magnetic system iteration-5 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of
lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software. ............................................42
Figure 3-19: Three plate mold for manufacturing elastic mounts. ..................................45
Figure 3-20: Vacuum Pump and Bell Jar. .......................................................................46
Figure 3-21: PolyTekTM polyurethane (Parts A and B), scales, and dispensing syringe.46
Figure 3-22: Dispensing Polyurethane components by weight. ......................................47
Figure 3-23: Mixing polyurethane, degassing polyurethane, and degassed polyurethane
processes. ..........................................................................................................47
x
Figure 3-24: Polyurethane being poured into the syringe (left) and then injected into the
mold (right). ......................................................................................................48
Figure 3-25: Halves are demolded and prepped (left) then returned to the mold with a
bead of uncured polyurethane and aluminum insert (right)..............................49
Figure 3-26: Elastic casing mounts with 6061 aluminum, air, 1018 steel, and solid 30 D
polyurethane (rubber). ......................................................................................49
Figure 3-27: Upper-pole plate (top) and magnetic-pole plate (bottom) made of 12L14
Steel with epoxy primer....................................................................................50
Figure 3-28: Pole plates inserted into mold, upper plate first (left) and then magnetic-
pole plate (right), prior to injecting polyurethane.............................................51
Figure 3-29: Prepped-pole plate casing halves returned to the mold (left) and a finished
metal-elastic casing (right). ..............................................................................52
Figure 3-30: Metal-elastic casing and funnel for filling MR fluid-elastic casing. ..........52
Figure 3-31: Degassing MR fluid during the process of filling the metal-elastic case. ..53
Figure 3-32: Weighing the plugged MR fluid-elastic mount with MRF-145 fluid in the
metal-elastic case. .............................................................................................54
Figure 3-33: Roehrig-EMA Shock Dynamometer and Desktop Computer running Shock
6.0 software, adapted from [45]........................................................................55
Figure 3-34: Test Setup of mount and magnetic system in the Roehrig EMA
Dynamometer. ..................................................................................................56
Figure 3-35: Ramp displacement input for quasi-static testing on the shock dyno.........57
Figure 3-36: Sine displacement input for dynamic testing at 1 Hz on shock dyno.........58
Figure 4-1: Force-displacement plotting method example on a MR fluid-elastic mount
with MRF-145 fluid..........................................................................................61
Figure 4-2: Quasi-Static force-displacement analysis for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1 and (b)
MR fluid-elastic 2 both with MRF-145 fluid. ..................................................63
Figure 4-3: Force-displacement analysis for (a) MR Fluid-Elastic 3 with MRF-145
fluid and (b) Metal-Elastic 3B with no fluid displaced with ramp input at 0.00,
0.50, 1.00, 1.50, and 2.00 Amp.........................................................................65
Figure 4-4: Force-displacement plotting method example with hysteretic content. .....67
xi
Figure 4-5: Force-displacement processing for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1 with MRF-145,
(b) MR fluid-elastic 2 with MRF-145, (c) MR fluid-elastic 3 with MRF-145
and (d) MR fluid-elastic 3B with no fluid. .......................................................70
Figure 4-6: Force-displacement processing for passive mount with (a) air, (b) rubber,
(c) steel, and (d) aluminum inserts from a sinusoidal input of 1-Hz. ...............72
Figure 4-7: Force-amplitude method analysis example for processing transmitted force
data....................................................................................................................75
Figure 4-8: Force-amplitude data processing and model for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1 with
MRF-145, (b) MR fluid-elastic 2 with MRF-145, (c) MR fluid-elastic 3, and
(d) MR fluid-elastic 3B with no fluid. .............................................................78
Figure 4-9: Force-amplitude data processing and model for passive mounts with (a) air,
(b) rubber, (c) steel, and (d) aluminum inserts. ...............................................80
Figure 4-10: Processing method evaluation for MR Fluid-Elastic 1 with force-time
method (left) and force-displacement method (right) from a sinusoidal input of
1 Hz. ................................................................................................................83
Figure 4-11: MR fluid-elastic 1 mount (MRF-145) (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping
Ceq results obtained from analysis. ..................................................................86
Figure 4-12: MR fluid-elastic 2 mount (MRF-145) (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping
Ceq results obtained from analysis. ..................................................................87
Figure 4-13: MR fluid-elastic 3 mount (MRF-145) (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping
Ceq results obtained from analysis. ..................................................................89
Figure 4-14: Blank metal-elastic case MRE 3B (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq
results obtained from analysis. .........................................................................90
Figure 4-15: Passive mount with air insert (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq
results obtained from analysis. .........................................................................94
Figure 4-16: Passive mount with 30 D rubber insert (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping
Ceq results obtained from analysis. ..................................................................96
Figure 4-17: Passive mount with 1018 steel insert (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping
Ceq results obtained from analysis. ..................................................................97
Figure 4-18: Passive mount with 6061 aluminum insert (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b)
damping Ceq results obtained from analysis. ...................................................99
xii
Figure 4-19: Comparing stiffness magnitude of a metal-elastic case (MRE 3B) to an
elastic case (AIR) mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current. ..............104
Figure 4-20: Comparing stiffness magnitude of a metal-elastic case (MRE 3B) to a MR
fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current. .......................105
Figure 4-21: Comparing stiffness magnitude of a solid elastic case (RUB) to a MR fluid-
elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current. ................................106
Figure 4-22: Comparing stiffness magnitude of an elastic case with steel insert (STE) to
a MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current. .............107
Figure 4-23: Comparing stiffness magnitude of an elastic case with al. insert (ALU) to a
MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current. ................108
Figure 4-24: Comparing damping of a metal-elastic case (MRE 3B) to an elastic case
(AIR) mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current. .................................109
Figure 4-25: Comparing damping of a metal-elastic case (MRE 3B) to a MR fluid-
elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current. ................................110
Figure 4-26: Comparing damping of a solid elastic case (RUB) to a MR fluid-elastic
mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.............................................111
Figure 4-27: Comparing damping of an elastic case with steel insert (STE) to a MR
fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current. .......................112
Figure 4-28: Comparing damping of an elastic case with aluminum insert (ALU) to a
MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current. ................113
Figure 4-29: Comparative (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained at
0.00-Amps from force-amplitude and force-displacement analysis,
respectively. ....................................................................................................115
Figure 4-30: Comparative (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained at
1.00-Amps from force-amplitude and force-displacement analysis,
respectively. ....................................................................................................116
Figure 4-31: Comparative (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained at
2.00-Amps from force-amplitude and force-displacement analysis,
respectively. ....................................................................................................118
Figure 5-1: Selecting a transfer function to model the stiffness magnitude in the
frequency domain. ..........................................................................................125
xiii
Figure 5-2: Nominal gain, K, as a function of current for MR fluid-elastic mount. ...127
Figure 5-3: Nominal (a) zero-damping ratio and (b) pole-damping ratio as a function of
current for each MR fluid-elastic mount ........................................................129
Figure 5-4: Nominal (a) zero-frequency and (b) pole-frequency as a function of current
for each MR fluid-elastic mount model..........................................................131
Figure 5-5: Non-parametric damping ratio relationship, ζ/α, at each current setting for
MR fluid-elastic mount models. .....................................................................132
Figure 5-6: Non-parametric stiffness ratio relationship, ωn2/β2, at each current setting
for MR fluid-elastic mount models.................................................................133
Figure 5-7: Stiffness simulation results for MR fluid-elastic 1 mount at 0.5 Amp
current increments. .........................................................................................135
Figure 5-8: Stiffness simulation results for MR fluid-elastic 2 mount at 0.5 Amp
current increments. .........................................................................................136
Figure 5-9: Stiffness simulation results for MR fluid-elastic 3 mount at all current
settings. ...........................................................................................................137
Figure 5-10: Maximum and mean error for the transfer function when compared to the
stiffness magnitude vales for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1, (b) MR fluid-elastic 2, and
(c) MR fluid-elastic 3......................................................................................140
Figure 5-11: Discrete model error for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1, (b) MR fluid-elastic 2,
and (c) MR fluid-elastic 3 from simulation at all current settings.................142
Figure 5-12: Damping simulation results for MR Fluid-Elastic 1 mount at full range of
current settings................................................................................................144
Figure 5-13: Damping simulation results for MR Fluid-Elastic 2 mount at full range of
current settings................................................................................................145
Figure 5-14: Damping simulation results for MR Fluid-Elastic 3 mount at full range of
current settings................................................................................................146
Figure 6-1: Automotive friendly design for an MR fluid-elastic mount. ....................154
Figure A-1: Top plate schematic of three plate mold...................................................164
Figure A-2: Middle plate schematic of three plate mold..............................................165
Figure A-3: End plate schematic of three plate mold...................................................166
Figure A-4: Lower housing base and core schematic to magnetic system...................167
xiv
Figure A-5: Upper housing schematic to magnetic system..........................................168
Figure A-6: Spacer schematic to lower housing in magnetic system...........................168
Figure A-7: Upper-pole plate schematic for metal-elastic case mount. .......................169
Figure A-8: Magnetic-pole plate schematic for metal-elastic case mount. ..................169
Figure A-9: Lower housing test fixture schematic for Roehrig Dynamometer............170
Figure A-10: Upper Housing Test Fixture for Roehrig Dynamometer. .........................170
Figure A-11: Elastic case mount chronology from initial case half mount to finalized MR
Fluid-Elastic mount in a full elastic case. .......................................................171
Figure A-12: Paraphernalia readied for manufacturing an elastic case mount. .............172
Figure A-13: Polyurethane in a degassing chamber under 28inHg to remove air. ........173
Figure A-14: De-molding the half cases of the mount from the 3-plate mold. ..............173
Figure A-15: Each half of the elastic case after removal of central parting lines from
middle plate of mold. ......................................................................................174
Figure A-16: Degreased and abraded elastic case halves ready to be inserted in top and
bottom mold plates to create the full elastic case with hollow insert cavity. .174
Figure A-17: Prepped halves placed in top and bottom plate with a bead of polyurethane
on the face of the elastic case half. .................................................................175
Figure A-18: Universal jig used to secure elastic case and position fluid syringe for MR
fluid injection into the empty case cavity. ......................................................175
Figure D-1: First generation mold housing and plugs used for molding the lower
section of an elastomeric case.........................................................................204
Figure D-2: First generation mold and three plugs with lower section of elastic case
with an aluminum insert pictured beside a full elastic case mount. ...............205
Figure D-3: Lower section of elastic case with insert placed inside first generation mold
and readied for upper section..........................................................................205
Figure D-4: First generation electromagnet and test fixture with an MR fluid-elastic
mount in an elastic case. .................................................................................206
Figure D-5: First generation magnetic circuitry layout with an MR fluid-elastic mount
positioned above the magnet poles similar to an MR damper configuration. 206
Figure D-6: First generation electromagnet housing schematic...................................207
xv
Figure D-7: Testing first generation electromagnet on MRF-128 fluid-elastic mount in
an elastic case with 28% by volume ferrous particle fluid using quick connect
adapters on the shock dyno.............................................................................208
Figure D-8: Second generation Electromagnet Aluminum Frame also known as
Iteration 1 in Chapter 3. ..................................................................................209
Figure D-9: Second generation electromagnet flanged core also known as Iteration 1 in
Chapter 3.........................................................................................................209
Figure D-10: Second generation electromagnet coils for flanged core with 21 AWG, 23
AWG, and 24 AWG magnet wire at 500, 750, and 1000 turns, respectively.210
Figure D-11: Testing second generation electromagnet on elastic case mount with MRF-
128 which is a 28% by volume ferrous particle fluid. ....................................210
xvi
List of Tables
Table 3-1: Dimensions and material properties for the magnetic system components as
well as packaging and testing dimensions. ..........................................................25
Table 3-2: Durometer rating comparison chart for conceptual understanding of the Shore
A hardness selected for the elastomeric casing material, adapted from [55]. .....43
Table 3-3: Polyurethane metal-elastic and elastic casing dimensions with internal cavity
dimensions for the specified insert. .....................................................................44
Table 3-4: Mount naming nomenclature for abbreviations and legends. .........................44
Table 3-5: Test matrix for dynamic testing of MR fluid-elastic mounts with MRF-145
fluid and passive mounts with air, rubber, steel and aluminum inserts. ..............58
Table 4-1: Static stiffness values for MR fluid-elastic mounts and passive mounts with
air, rubber, steel, and aluminum inserts at an index 0.25 Amp. ..........................66
Table 4-2: Comparative stiffness and RMS-Error obtained from force-time and force-
displacement analysis. .........................................................................................82
Table 4-3: Stiffness magnitude of metal-elastic case mounts at all current settings. .......91
Table 4-4: Equivalent damping in metal-elastic case mounts at all current settings........92
Table 4-5: Stiffness magnitude results for passive elastic case mounts air, rubber, steel
and aluminum at all current settings. .................................................................100
Table 4-6: Equivalent damping results for passive elastic case mount air, rubber, steel
and aluminum at all current settings. .................................................................101
Table 4-7: Stiffness magnitude comparison for MR fluid-elastic and passive mounts at
settings of 0.00, 1.00, 2.00 Amp........................................................................119
Table 4-8: Equivalent damping comparison for MR fluid-elastic and passive mounts at
settings of 0.0, 1.0, and 2.0 Amp.......................................................................120
Table 5-1: Damping model and exponential coefficient values for MR fluid-elastic 1, 2,
and 3 mounts......................................................................................................143
Table A- 1: Bill of Materials without cost estimates for mount and magnet system and
manufacture. ......................................................................................................163
Table B-1: Passive mount damping analysis results for the air, rubber, steel, and
aluminum inserts................................................................................................176
xvii
Table B-2: MR fluid-elastic mount damping analysis results for MRE’s and blank MRE
3. .......................................................................................................................177
Table B-3: MR fluid-elastic mount and passive mount damping analysis comparison
chart. ..................................................................................................................177
Table B-4: MR Fluid-elastic mount Stiffness Analysis Results for MRE’s and blank
MRE 3................................................................................................................178
Table B-5: Passive mount stiffness analysis results for the air, rubber, steel, and
aluminum inserts at 0.50 Amp current indexing. ..............................................179
Table B-6: MR fluid-elastic and passive mount stiffness analysis comparison chart.....179
Table B-7: MR Fluid-elastic mount parameters from force-amplitude and displacement
modeling analysis at 0, 1, and 2-Amp current settings......................................180
Table B-8: MR Fluid-elastic mount error comparison between force-amplitude |F|/X and
force-displacement Kx, sampled at 0, 1, 2-Amp for MR fluid-elastic mounts 1, 2
and 3...................................................................................................................181
Table B-9: Nominal transfer function parameters used to simulate the results in section
5.2. .....................................................................................................................182
1
1. Introduction
This chapter presents an overview of vibration isolation and absorber uses within many
applications. This discussion is then extended to using magneto-rheological fluid to create
a tunable isolator. A motivation section is presented second and discusses the driving
factors that lead to the pursuit of this research. Furthermore, an objectives section
presents a desired list of deliverables from this research. An approach section then
discusses the methods for achieving those objectives. Finally, the last section lays out the
organization for the remainder of the work.
1.1 Overview
In the world today, processing equipment, machinery, and machine operators are just a
few of the entities that come into contact with oscillatory transmitted forces. Over time,
these transmitted forces can degrade machine alignment or cause operator fatigue.
Therefore, many absorption and isolation mounting platforms have been generated to
reduce transmitted force from motor and foundation disturbances. While an absorber may
be an elastomer tuned for one input, an isolator is generally a fluid filled elastomer which
provides damping and reduces transmitted forces over a larger bandwidth. Unfortunately,
passive devices generally are unable to account for startup modes from a motor or engine
since the absorption is designed to occur at a set engine speed or operating point.
Fortunately, since earlier notions of active mount technology [1], tunable isolators are
available and can be manipulated by a control policy to reduce transmitted forces at both
start-up and across the range of engine speeds. Moreover, some tunable devices take
advantage of magnetorheological (MR) fluid which operates by application of a magnetic
field. This magnetic field changes the apparent viscosity of the fluid and alters the
stiffness and damping within the isolator to maximize isolation. Therefore, transmitted
forces to the chassis or operator can be reduced over a larger range of disturbances with
the tunable stiffness and damping feature. These disturbances can be characterized by
revolutions per minute (RPM) in an engine that pass to a chassis or seismic tremors that
pass to a foundation. Additionally, when an isolator is used between an engine and a
chassis, the mount is considered a secondary suspension.
2
With the previous in mind, many of the available mount configurations for MR fluid
isolators are bulky with large masses due to the necessity of an electromagnet activation
device. This can be true particularly when the magnetic field must travel through an
elastomer containing the MR fluid. Thus, the magnetic circuitry is inefficient which also
necessitates a more powerful magnet. This added weight can be counterproductive and
difficult to package. Subsequently, not many magnetorheological (MR) fluid isolators
have been used on wide scale applications. MR fluid mounts, however, can reduce noise-
vibration-harshness (NVH) over a much larger range of disturbances than standard
absorbers and hydraulic mounts. Therefore, the purpose within this research is to create a
slender mount with an efficient and low-profile magnetic activation system with
aspirations of launching more MR fluid mount devices into industrial, automotive, and
aerospace applications. While not limiting the overall use of the MR fluid mounts,
automotive applications include secondary suspensions in vehicles such as engine,
transmission, seat, and sensor mounts.
1.2 Motivation
The motivation for this research is to build on the successes of others within
magnetorheological (MR) fluid-elastomer devices and further create an efficient and
desirable, low-profile packaging. Therefore, creating a design with high magnetic
efficiency supplied to activate the MR fluid is of particular importance. Once more, the
necessity for low-profile packaging provides a semi-active isolator as a shelf readied
substitute for passive absorbers or isolators. The difference in using a semi-active mount
as an engine mount, which has tunable stiffness and damping, is that it can better reduce
transmitted forces from an engine at various engine speeds or RPMs. Most passive
mounts, however, are only designed to reduce transmitted forces at a set operating speed
which is usually referred to as cruise speed. Therefore, it is the intentions of the author to
help bring MR fluid isolators from the laboratory to industry by designing a convenient
package for the MR fluid mount and magnetic activation device.
3
1.3 Objectives
The primary objectives of this research are to:
1. provide further evaluation and analysis of magnetorheological (MR) fluid-
elastic mounts beyond what is currently available in open literature,
2. compare the performance of MR fluid-elastic mounts with various passive
mounts of the same configuration, and
3. provide guidelines for design and fabrication of MR fluid-elastic mounts.
1.4 Approach
The approach that we adapted for reaching the above is one of building, testing, iterating,
and re-testing a number of fluid-elastic mounts with various configurations. Specifically,
we performed the following:
• Design and built molds for fabricating the mounts
• Enacted a number of mold iterations to achieve the most favorable
configuration for the mount
• Fabricated the mounts with different inserts including aluminum, steel, air,
rubber, and MR fluid
• Tested the mounts on a dynamic characterization test rig (also known as a
“shock dyno”)
• Analyzed and evaluated the results
• Simulated the results in the frequency domain
1.5 Outline
Chapter 2 presents a background on magnetorheological fluid (MR fluid) and its
application within vibration isolation devices. With an innovative approach for an elastic
mount, Chapter 3 presents the design of a metal-elastic case isolator and magnetic system.
The results from thorough testing are presented in Chapter 4 and a comparative study is
finalized. Chapter 5 presents a simulation of the results for the MR fluid-elastic mount.
Finally, Chapter 6 presents the conclusions and prospective research for future work.
4
2. Background
The background chapter begins by providing an overview of MR fluid history, MR fluid
devices, and primary modes of operation. Next, conventional hydraulic mounts are
presented. A section is then devoted to magnetorheological mounts which includes
elastomer and fluid incased in elastomers. Furthermore, useful vibration analysis
techniques and theory are presented in the third section. Each topic is then briefly
reviewed in the summary section.
2.1 MR Fluid History and Devices: Literature Review
MR fluid, which simply adds metal filings and particles to a fluid, was discovered by
Jacob Rabinow in 1948 [2]. With this smart material discovery, the rheology of the fluid
in the presence of an applied magnetic field could be altered. To achieve this semi-active
property, ferrous iron particles are dispersed in a carrier fluid similar to damper oil.
Therefore, MR fluid acts like a common damper oil during off-state or with zero magnetic
field. With the application of an applied magnetic field, the fluid is similar to toothpaste
as modeled with Bingham plastic flow [3]. This change in MR fluid is studied by testing
the yield stress at various magnetic field intensities. In addition to yield stress testing, MR
fluid has been studied and tested at high velocity, high shear rates [4]. With the
aforementioned basics of MR fluid, the following discussion presents MR fluid devices
and a more detailed look at the modes of operation when using MR fluid.
2.1.1 MR Fluid Devices
Several common devices have emerged such as fluid mounts, linear dampers, vibration
dampers, and rotary brakes to take advantage of the unique properties of MR fluid [5].
Moreover, this section presents MR fluid devices and the properties of MR fluid.
As with any device, an underlying technology enables certain functionality. The
capability of MR fluid lies in its ability to change the apparent viscosity proportional to an
applied magnetic field due to the polarization of ferrous magnetic particles as seen in
Figure 2-1. This apparent viscosity change is actually due to altering the yield stress of
the MR fluid. The iron particles are usually in a carrier fluid such as hydrocarbon oil,
water, or silicone [6]. The ferrous particles of iron may be from 1-20 microns in size [7].
5
Many variations of the quantity of ferrous iron to fluid ratios exist for MR fluid. To retain
a flowing fluid, the percentage of ferrous particles is typically limited to 20-40% in the
composition of the MR fluid. Through magnetic activation at varied magnetic field
intensities, MR fluid changes its apparent viscosity which is related to the content of
ferrous particles. Therefore, this rheology behavior has enabled many passive devices to
be operated with multifunctional capability to provide semi-active control.
Figure 2-1: Polarization and alignment of ferrous iron in MR fluid, adapted from Ahn et al. [8].
MR fluid has a very fast response time of less than 10 ms. when a magnetic field is
applied [9, 10]. This extremely fast and adaptive behavior allows MR fluid to be
controlled with an applied magnetic field. Moreover, the fast and reversible rheology
helped MR fluid progress into automotive applications like the shock absorber. Since
shock absorbers (dampers) dissipate energy based on the viscosity of the damper fluid, the
viscosity is selected to offer either a comfortable ride or a responsive handling ride in the
primary suspension of a vehicle. Moreover, with MR fluid in a damper, both of these ride
characteristics can be achieved. The Chevrolet Corvette equipped with MR fluid dampers
uses magnetic selective ride control (MSRC) to provide a comfortable ride or improve
handling at the touch of a button [11]. Audi also offers optional magnetic ride equipment
on the TT model [12]. Improved ride comfort and advanced handling are just a few of the
characteristics that MR fluid provides to the automotive community [13-15]. Control
policies such as hybrid control have been studied in detail to understand transient
6
performances in such applications [16]. Furthermore, skyhook and groundhook control
policies are combined in hybrid control.
In addition to consideration as a semi-active suspension device, MR fluid has been
modeled and used for clutches and drum brakes, too [17, 18]. These types of devices
place the fluid in direct shear mode. Many standard friction based clutches have a short
service lifetime, which is especially true if heavy slipping occurs during power
transmission. Using an MR fluid clutch, however, would allow gradual slipping during
power transmission without causing the clutch to fail.
In summary, many applications exist for using MR fluid in either shear mode, valve
mode or in squeeze mode. Most of these uses have been studied and implemented in the
automotive industry. The rest, however, remain waiting for an initial startup investment
for a currently available market.
2.1.2 MR Fluid Operation
With the aforementioned magnetic particles suspended in a carrier fluid, several modes of
operation can occur. Therefore, this section presents the operational modes of MR fluid.
The primary mode of fluid operation for a damper is valve mode. Valve mode uses
the flow of the fluid passing between magnetic poles, as seen in Figure 2-2, which is also
referred to as pressure driven flow mode as described by Lord Materials Division [19].
During valve mode, the applied magnetic field is varied across the fluid gap to cause an
apparent viscosity change in the fluid. If used in a damper, the applied magnetic field
through the fluid can alter the energy dissipated by the damper. Therefore, the damper
may offer a soft ride or a stiff ride.
Figure 2-2: MR fluid in valve mode with an applied magnetic field, adapted from [20].
7
Another mode of operation in MR fluid is called direct shear mode. Rotary devices
such as brakes place MR fluid into direct shear mode by having a stationary magnetic hub
with fluid around the circumference contained by an outer drum. Without a magnetic
field, the fluid experiences normal shear forces while the drum revolves, but as the fluid is
energized with magnetic field intensity the shear force is increased. In detail, Figure 2-3 is
a representation of MR fluid in shear mode. Other products such as exercise equipment
and clutches can also take advantage of using MR fluid in direct shear mode.
Figure 2-3: MR fluid in shear mode with an applied magnetic field, adapted from [20].
The last operation mode most relevant to this research is squeeze mode. Squeeze
mode is similar to the buckling of a columnar structure of magnetic particles as shown in
Figure 2-4 which has been adapted from [20]. The magnetic field is aligned axially with
the applied force to create chains of the ferrous magnetic particles [20, 21]. The strength
of these chains is dependent on the magnetic field intensity. This operational mode is
typically used in mounts that experience small amplitudes of displacement. Additionally,
the ferrous particles may be embedded in an elastomer as opposed to being in a fluid.
Figure 2-4: MR fluid in squeeze mode setup prior to axial force with an applied magnetic field, adapted from [20].
8
With the columnar structures in place from a magnetic field, the fluid then has to push
through these structures when an external force is applied. Additionally, the columnar
structures are being buckled during this compression. With an applied field, however, the
axial compressive strength of the MR fluid resists this compression [21]. Since the fluid
is assumed incompressible, an elastic deformation at the boundary has to occur to allow
the displaced fluid to move as seen in Figure 2-5. Therefore, an elastic container or
expandable diaphragm is necessary to make use of the MR fluid in squeeze mode
operation.
Figure 2-5: MR fluid in squeeze mode operation with axial force and applied magnetic field.
As the fluid is squeezed, the ferrous iron particles tend to aggregate as discussed by
Goncalves et al. [22]. This is better seen in Figure 2-6 where the aggregation of the
particles has occurred. This aggregation adds to the compressive strengthening effect of
the MR fluid, but is not stated to add the same in extension strengthening when the fluid is
unloaded. Therefore, squeeze mode operation may increase the hysteresis between
loading and unloading the fluid or the dynamic damping element when placed in an
elastomer as seen in the work by York et al. [23].
Figure 2-6: Ferrous particle aggregation in squeeze mode operation after experiencing a compressive load, adapted from [22].
Magnetic field
9
2.2 Hydraulic Mounts: Literature Review
This section presents a general overview of passive hydraulic fluid mounts. A hydraulic
mount is then illustrated and briefly discussed.
The configuration for a hydraulic mount, seen in Figure 2-7a [24], passes fluid
through the inertia track to create damping [25]. Standard hydraulic mounts of this nature
are generally placed between an engine and a chassis. The forces transmitted by the
engine are reduced by the mount with the stiffness of the elastic casing and the damping
created by the fluid being passed through the inertia track. Additionally, a pressure
differential between chambers moves the decoupler as seen in Figure 2-7b with the flow
Q. Within the dynamics of this mount, the force transmitted due to an input displacement
is rationalized in a mathematical model by Christopherson et al. [24]. A model with a
displacement induced decoupler is also presented in the work by Christopherson.
Moreover, Ahn et al. study the desirable transmissibility by developing a genetic
algorithm [26]. Such modeling and prebuild techniques are essential to fabricating a
hydraulic mount for a desired application.
Figure 2-7: Two chamber passive hydraulic fluid mount with decoupler, adapted from [24].
In summary, passive hydraulic mounts are not always set to the desired point of
operation after fabrication [27]. Many hydraulic isolators have to be tuned through costly
iterations, however, methods exist to model the behavior of the mount prior to fabrication
(a) (b)
Decoupler Q
To Engine
To Chassis
10
[28]. Nonetheless, passive hydraulic mounts when used as isolators have given the
automotive community improved transmissibility as compared to the use of rubber
absorbers.
2.3 MR Mounts: Literature Review
This section presents current MR fluid mount devices which have been designed and
tested by either research institutions or industry suppliers. These devices include
magnetorheological elastomers, magnetorheological fluid-elastomers, magneto-
rheological fluid powertrain mounts, and various configurations of fluid mounts just to
name a few. All the while, the main purpose for each mount is to attenuate vibration over
a larger operating range of force disturbances. To take advantage of this characteristic,
Koo et al. as well as other researchers, have investigated control policies for tuned
vibration absorbers which could be used to control MR fluid mounts [29]. This literature
review, however, does not present any further control policies.
2.3.1 Magnetorheological Elastomers
Magnetorheological elastomers, which are composite materials of an elastic element with
embedded magnetic particles, have been investigated and modeled by many researchers.
The magnetic particles are suspended in the elastomer and may be aligned with an applied
magnetic field while the elastomer is cured. This applied field causes the microstructures
of the iron particles to form chains during the curing as described by Boczkowska [30]
and adapted in Figure 2-8b with 100 mT field [30]. Conversely, no chains are noticed in
the absence of applied field while curing in Figure 2-8a. The elastic material used can
range from silicon gels, polyurethane, natural rubber, and foams.
11
Figure 2-8: (a) Zero field curing, and (b) 100 mT field curing of polyurethane magnetorheological elastomer with carbonyl-iron particles, adapted from [30].
Experimentally, Zhou has reported a 55% increase in average shear modulus during
magnetic activation [31]. Shen has indicated through experimental testing that a
polyurethane MR elastomer experiences a 28% increase in modulus [32]. Gong has also
shown that a 60% increase in modulus has been achieved [33]. This is a small sample of
the many available successes that researchers have reported with magnetorheological
elastomers.
In summary, magnetorheological elastomers hold high potential within the tunable
vibration isolation market. The use of these smart material absorbers is likely to grow as
the need for more advanced vibration control is realized.
2.3.2 Magnetorheological Fluid-Elastomers
Magnetorheological fluid-elastomers similar to that presented in this research are
described by an elastomer casing filled with MR fluid. The MR fluid is activated with an
applied magnetic field. So far, limited designs and testing have been published, but the
results have shown great potential as a tunable vibration isolator as seen in the work by
Wang [34].
Of the current designs, Wang et al. has shown that an MR fluid-elastomer undergoing
an oscillatory input can have approximately a 75% increase in output force with the
addition of a magnetic field [35]. This mount is an elastomer casing with MR fluid in the
Field
Direction
No Applied
Field
12
center cavity as seen in Figure 2-9. The system setup places one magnetic pole directly
below the fluid chamber, separated by the elastomer, and a magnetic shield above the
mount. As the mount is compressed, the MR fluid is operated in squeeze mode.
Figure 2-9: Magnetorheological fluid-elastomer study by Wang, adapted from [35].
A second published study by York et al. of similar design to Wang’s has shown the
capacity for tunable damping and dynamic stiffness [23]. The magnetic circuit, however,
has been altered to place the poles of the electromagnet directly above and below the fluid
chamber for improved magnetic efficiency. This design uses a large magnetic field
generator which may be difficult to package. The magnetic field intensity, however, is
able to achieve a sufficient amount of flux density in the fluid. Moreover, Gordaninejad
has patented select configurations of MR fluid-elastomers [36] which are generalized by
the research of Wang and York. This patent details many unique squeeze mode
configurations and arrangements of the fluid-elastomers as well as orientations of the
applied magnetic field. Therefore, these configurations also offer many designs for
further experimental testing and evaluation.
Another style of squeeze mode MR fluid mount by Nguyen et al. [37] is illustrated in
Figure 2-10. Nguyen presents a mathematical model and further presents a numerical
analysis for this mount. To make use of the MR fluid in squeeze mode, a quasi-piston is
placed above a layer of MR fluid in the cavity to interact with the magnetic field
generated by the coil across the fluid gap. This field increases the compressive strength of
the fluid and thereby alters the mounts relative stiffness. The fluid is contained in an
elastomeric shell denoted by the crosshatching in the illustration.
MR Fluid
Elastic Casing
13
Figure 2-10: Squeeze flow mode MR fluid mount by Nguyen et al., adapted from [37].
In summary, MR fluid-elastomers have excellent capability as tunable damping and
dynamic stiffness isolators. Preliminary results by Wang and York et al. have opened the
field for further investigation within these styles of mounts for further casing and
electromagnetic design. Unfortunately, few experimental exploration designs have been
presented by researchers and there is much exploring which can take place for these
devices. One major aspect which should be further investigated is an efficient magnetic
circuit with desirable packaging characteristics.
2.3.3 Additional MR Mounts
Many additional magnetorheological mounts exist which are built on the premise of a
traditional automotive powertrain mount similar to the standard hydraulic fluid mount.
Therefore, this section presents additional MR fluid mounts similar in design to passive
hydraulic fluid mounts.
As stated earlier, passive mounts typically have an upper and lower chamber
separated by an inertia track to create damping where the fluid passes between chambers.
As the fluid is being passed from the upper chamber, the lower chamber expands with a
diaphragm to collect the fluid. Some MR fluid mounts, however, only have a single
chamber as seen in the design shown in Figure 2-11. The MR fluid in this mount is
energized with an applied magnetic field to increase the stiffness of the mount. Here, Ahn
Flux Path
Piston MR Fluid
14
et al. has represented the dynamic stiffness K* with the Laplace function contained within
the illustration [8]. This dynamic stiffness was determined through bond graph modeling.
Figure 2-11: Single chamber MR fluid mount, adapted from Ahn et al. [8].
Moreover, performance analysis within the means of altered variables for MR fluid in
mounts has been numerically simulated and studied by Ahmadian et al. [38]. Furthermore,
semi-active MR fluid mounts have been presented by a number of researchers and have
found their way into limited applications, such as the Delphi’s powertrain motor mount
[39]. Delphi’s mount is a direct replacement for standard automotive engine mounts.
This type of mount can reduce the transmitted vibrations from the engine to the chassis
over a wide range of engine RPMs or during cylinder deactivation. Additionally, several
styles of Delphi’s hydraulic MR powertrain mounts have been patented [40, 41].
A single pumper semi-active fluid mount design has been proposed and simulated by
Vahdati as seen in Figure 2-12 [42]. This research suggests that the dynamic stiffness
which is typically a parameter of frequency can be altered by the MR fluid under magnetic
field activation. Altering the dynamic stiffness allows for a tunable notch frequency
making the mount suited to a wider range of disturbance frequencies.
x(t)
Coil
Flux
Path Core
MR Fluid
15
Figure 2-12: Single pumper semi-active mount proposed by Vahdati, adapted from [42].
Another unique styling for an MR fluid mount has been designed by Choi et al. [43].
This design isolates a piston within a fluid cavity filled with MR fluid as seen in the cross-
sectional view in Figure 2-13. The magnetic flux is directed toward the fluid cavity by the
magnetic poles which encapsulate the coil. Upon activation, the piston motion is damped
by the MR fluid and further damped with increased current in the coil. Therefore, this
style of fluid mount combines damper and mount technology.
Figure 2-13: MR fluid mount by Choi et al., adapted from [43].
In summary, MR mount technology is readily available. Many proposed designs,
simulations, and experimental analyses have shown the merits of using MR fluid in
isolation technology. Fortunately for researchers, however, there are many opportunities
Inertia
Track
Elastomeric
Magnetic
Pole Height Coil
Flux Path
MR Fluid
Piston
Elastic
16
still available for further exploration of MR fluid in isolation technology. Some of these
opportunities include elastomeric casing design, electromagnet design, and the
configuration of both in an efficient package. Furthermore, as more precise vibration
isolation needs arise within the automotive sector, manufacturing industry, and bio-
dynamic applications then MR fluid mount technology will be a readied contender.
2.4 Vibration Analysis Techniques
The purpose of the vibration analysis techniques section is to present common methods
used to parameterize dynamic systems. These techniques highlight linear stiffness and
hysteretic damping, but are not necessarily limited to linear systems. Furthermore, an
oscillatory force output method is employed to increase accuracy of stiffness estimations.
2.4.1 Linear Static Spring Stiffness
Linear spring stiffness is a straight forward measurement. Most mechanical vibration
analysis state that the spring force is
f = k kx (2.1)
where k is the stiffness, and x is the displacement [44]. Plotting force as a function of the
displacement allows many solvers to approximate the slope or the spring stiffness
k = kfx
(2.2)
At static loading, this method is quite useful to recover the actual stiffness.
2.4.2 Linear Spring Stiffness, Viscous and Hysteretic Damping
Many absorption systems have more elements at work than just the spring and must be
measured simultaneously rather than sequentially. With a linear spring and viscous
damper in parallel, the transmitted force becomes
F(t) = k (t) + c (t)eqx x⋅ ⋅ (2.3)
where ceq is the equivalent damping coefficient and (t)x is the velocity. Therefore, a
simple division is no longer possible, but instead the force is plotted against the
displacement and the average spring stiffness is extracted. The area contained within the
17
hysteresis loop can be measured as the energy dissipated, EΔ . Additionally, the damping
coefficient can then be determined from this dissipated energy
2eqEcXπω
Δ= (2.4)
where ω and X are the frequency and magnitude of the oscillatory input displacement,
respectively. York employed this method for calculating the hysteretic damping of an MR
fluid-elastomer [23].
Moreover in regards to hysteretic damping, Inman discusses and presents the stress-
strain relationship. The energy dissipated for the stress-strain lissajou is
2E k Xπ βΔ = (2.5)
where β represents the hysteretic damping constant. If the energy dissipated for a
viscously damped system is compared to that of a hysteretic damped system, the
equivalent damping is
eqkc βω
= (2.6)
where ω is the frequency of the oscillatory input.
In terms of damping, a force-displacement lissajou may be used to visualize the
amount of damping within a system. A damper only exhibits a circular profile within a
force-displacement lissajou and a linear spring exhibits a linear line or slope [45]. The
lissajou is the same as the hysteresis loop, but more commonly used to describe the
physical elements that are transferring the force. Therefore, the combination of both
damper and spring elements results in more of an elliptical pattern within the force-
displacement lissajou. This is useful in interpreting the degree of each element present
within a system such as the MR fluid mount.
2.4.3 Linear Approximation
In the event that a physical system is nonlinear, Dorf et al. has discussed methods for
linear approximation [46]. This method reduces the nonlinear system to an applicable
operating regime in which a linear approximation may be used. Therefore, to approximate
a nonlinear system as a linear system, small changes in the input about the operating point,
18
as described by Dorf, must be linear. Force could then be
( ) ( )kF t k x t b= ⋅ + (2.7)
where x(t) is the displacement and b is the offset. The offset in the case of a spring would
be disregarded because a spring may not produce force at zero displacement. More
commonly, this force model is best suited to ramp inputs for extracting the stiffness,
especially if a preload was on the spring.
Since most mounts are only operated in compression due to a large static preload,
complete unloading is rarely experienced. Therefore when analyzing the results produced
by an input of sinusoidal displacement, it may be necessary to exclude the saturated data
points or the segment of the data that does not produce force during the input cycle. This
approximation regards those data points as being outside the operating range and allows
the characterization of the force data within operating range.
2.4.4 Frequency Response Modeling
Since most vibration isolators are operated across a band of frequencies, it is important to
demonstrate the magnitude of output to input as the frequency is varied. Subsequently,
presenting the frequency response envelope is practical to modeling most physical
systems with either parametric or non-parametric models. Burchett et al. illustrate the
usefulness of the frequency domain plot for obtaining a parametric model of a “spring
mass damper” system [47]. The basis of Burchett’s work is to select a transfer function
applicable to the frequency domain plot. The frequency plot consists of the magnitude of
the output displacement divided by the magnitude of the input force as a function of
frequency. Within this domain, system zeros and poles can be observed more readily.
Because the stiffness magnitude | | /F X is of most importance within material testing
for transmitted force, the input should be a known displacement to generate an output
force [25]. The oscillatory input displacement may have the form
0( ) sin(2 )x t X f Xπ ρ= + + (2.8)
where X is the displacement amplitude, f is the input frequency, ρ is the input phase, and
19
X0 is the displacement offset. A resultant oscillatory force may then take the form
0( ) | | sin(2 )F t F f Fπ ϕ= + + (2.9)
where |F| is the force amplitude, f is the output frequency, φ is the output phase, and F0 is
the force offset. Each frequency input test then produces a stiffness magnitude which may
be plotted to obtain the frequency response. An additional phase difference within the
frequency response may also be viewed, however, this may not provide as much help
when calculating the transmissibility ratio which is defined by the magnitude of the output
divided by the magnitude of the input.
In summary, this section has provided a brief overview of analysis methods. These
analysis methods are useful for parameterizing and characterizing the dynamics of a
vibratory isolator. Therefore, these techniques will be employed during the analysis of the
MR fluid-elastic mount.
2.5 Summary of Literature Review
In the preceding sections of the background on magneto-rheological fluid history and
available MR devices, the specific properties of the fluid were discussed. Different types
of devices such as MR elastomers, MR fluid-elastomers, and MR fluid hydraulic mounts
have been discussed. An analysis section was then presented to plan methods for
measuring the static and dynamic parameters of an MR fluid-elastic mount.
Among the specific properties, the micron sized magnetic particles are activated by a
magnetic field and suspended in a carrier fluid. MR fluid may be operated in valve mode,
direct shear mode, and squeeze mode. Squeeze mode is the most significant of the
operating modes for conducting the design and configuration of an MR fluid-elastic
mount.
Many researchers have experimented with magnetorheological elastomers and were
able to achieve significant increases in the elastomers modulus with an applied magnetic
field. MR mounts and other such hydraulic fluid mounts are no longer experimental as
Delphi anticipates to implement their hydraulic mount on vehicles [39]. Gordaninejad has
patented the magnetorheological fluid-elastomer [36]. York and Wang have both
experimentally tested a MR fluid-elastomer and showed the validity of their
20
configurations [23, 35]. Other methods for mount configuration and designing a magnetic
system, however, have yet to be addressed.
The vibration analysis section provided a basic fundamental approach to determining
static and dynamic parameters. Static stiffness, dynamic stiffness, and damping methods
used by Inman were shown for hysteretic materials [44]. Linear approximation as detailed
by Dorf et al. was presented to recommend a linear analysis about a specific operating
point [46]. Furthermore, frequency domain modeling was discussed as proposed by
Burchett et al. for parametric and non-parametric modeling of physical systems [47].
21
3. MR Fluid-Elastic Mount Design and Fabrication
This chapter is devoted to the design of a magnetorheological fluid-elastic mount and
magnetic system with additional mounts only for later comparisons. First, the magnetic
circuitry principals are presented to facilitate the reader’s understanding of electromagnets
with MR fluid. Next, the design of a unique and compact magnetic system configuration
is presented and validated with a magnetic modeling program called Finite Element
Method Magnetics (FEMM) [48]. Additional designs that were less than desired are also
presented in the magnetic system design section. Third, the elastic mount system is
presented, which includes the design, selection of materials, and fabrication for both the
elastic and metal-elastic case mounts. Lastly, the design of experiment is presented which
discusses the testing procedures and test equipment.
3.1 Magnetic Circuitry Principals
Most MR fluid devices are operated using an electromagnet, permanent magnet or a
combination of the two. Electromagnets involve some predetermined wire gauge wrapped
a specific number of turns around a core of low-carbon, magnetic steel. Unfortunately, a
sufficient amount of coil turns and current will not increase the likelihood of bridging a
poorly designed magnetic circuit gap. Therefore, understanding the principal theory to
magnetic circuitry is the first step to building an appropriate electromagnet, but this
should be validated in lieu of the circuit layout. Fundamentally, this section provides a
brief overview of magnetic circuit theory.
Developing a magnetic circuit begins with the magnetic permeability μ of the
materials that make up the circuit. Selecting materials that readily pass magnetic flux
helps the circuit maintain efficiency. Any air gaps, however, will consequently degrade
magnetic field intensity H and should be avoided or at least used as a passage for MR
fluid. If air gaps are necessary, then using more turns of magnet wire and higher current
maybe necessary to achieve the desired magnetic field intensity. MR fluid permeability is
dependent on the percentage of magnetic particles that make up the fluid. MR fluids have
nonlinear B-H curves and the permeability is not a direct constant.
22
Further design considerations are selecting a magnetic circuit that can saturate the
MR fluid to ensure the most yield stress from the fluid. Consequently, there is limited
research on the compressive yield stress for MR fluid in squeeze mode. The compressive
yield stress is also referred to as the squeeze strengthen effect. Therefore, axial squeeze
strengthening of an MR fluid may require a much higher level of magnetic field intensity
to reach saturation. Until more information is known on the squeeze strengthen effect of
MR fluid, using the yield stress versus field strength data when designing the magnetic
system is the best option.
After the desired field intensity is established for the MR fluid, a corresponding
operating point in the electromagnet material is determined. The operating point B for the
fluid can be found from a B-H curve. The cross-sectional areas of each material are also
taken into account when determining the operating point and the magnetic intensity. Then
utilizing Kirchoff’s law in magnetic circuit form
n nNi H L= ∑ ⋅ (3.1)
the number of turns N and current i are related to the sum of the material magnetic
intensity Hn and material length Ln. Now, the current and number of turns needed for the
electrical circuit are calculated from equation (3.1).
Because space constraints exist in most electromagnetic activated devices, the wire
gauge and number of turns may have to be compromised. Subjectively, passing more
current through a smaller diameter wire is not a practical alternative. The designer should
evaluate the power supply, wire gauge, number of turns, and packaging during the design
stages for an electrical coil.
23
3.2 Magnetic System
This section covers the magnetic system design. In addition to the magnetic system, the
elastic casing design is conceived within this section since the two components are
necessary to make an efficient magnetic circuit. Following the viable magnetic system
design, some earlier design iterations are presented.
Prior to continuing, an overview of the terminology and magnetic components is
presented in Figure 3-1. This isometric view of the mount and system design is for
clarification through the remainder of the document. Some of the major components for
the design are the metal-elastic case mount and the magnetic systems upper and lower
housing. The lower housing contains a magnetic core with a concentric coil bobbin which
is locked in place by a spacer. Additionally, the spacer provides a flush surface for the
mount. Detailed design and modeling of the mount and magnetic system is presented
next.
Figure 3-1: Isometric view of mount and magnetic system design.
Magnet Upper Housing
Metal-Elastic Case Mount
Spacer
Coil-Bobbin
Magnet Lower Housing
24
3.2.1 Magnetic System Design
The magnetic system design proposed in this research first takes aim at removing the
restrictions within the elastic casing that impede magnetic field intensity. The first step in
removing these restrictions is by eliminating the non-magnetic elastic casing as seen in
Figure 3-2a. This part of the elastic comes into contact with the core of the magnet and is
replaced with a magnetic-pole plate, shown in Figure 3-2c, which directs the magnetic
field across the cross-sectional area of the MR fluid cavity gap. Next, a return path is
added to direct the magnetic field from the fluid and complete the loop. The full metal-
elastic case is shown in Figure 3-2c which is followed by a discussion of design
constraints.
Figure 3-2: (a) Elastic Casing sectional view, (b) Elastic Casing with magnetic-pole plate inserts sectional view, and (c) isometric view of metal-elastic casing.
The design parameters for the mount and magnetic system were constrained due to
availability of tooling, materials, and testing equipment. Initial mount manufacturing used
a three-plate mold to cast the elastic casing. This mold provided an elastic sidewall
thickness to the fluid cavity of 0.375 in. in order to provide sufficient rigidity and prevent
rupturing the elastic casing. Additionally, a thinner sidewall thickness could be used
which would reduce the sidewall rigidity as well as the surface area for attaching the
upper-pole plate. The pole plates integrated into the casing design retained a thickness of
0.125 in., however, the use of a thicker pole plate would have required modifications to
the three-plate mold. Moreover, the thickness of the pole plates could be reduced, but the
upper-pole plate requires a plug which needs sufficient thread length. Table 3-1 shows the
dimensions of interest for the complete design and Figure 3-3 is a cross-sectional view of
Inserted Pole Plates
(a) (b)
(c) Magnetic-Pole Plate
Removed Elastic Fluid Cavity
25
complete design. Additional schematics and specifications are covered in Appendix A for
each component.
Table 3-1: Dimensions and material properties for the magnetic system components as well as packaging and testing dimensions.
Figure 3-3: Cross-sectional view of empty metal-elastic casing and magnetic system with test fixtures.
Test Fixture
Extruded Lower
Housing Spacer
Coil Bobbin
Test Fixture
Bulge Space
Air Gap MR Fluid
Upper Housing
Core
26
One of the major parameters incorporated into the mount design is the height of the
fluid cavity gap. This dimension was set to 0.1875 in. to allow sufficient compressive
inputs to be placed across the mount. Since the mount would be operated dynamically
after being loaded statically, the fluid gap was designed to be squeezed up to 25% of the
original fluid gap height which is equivalent to 10% of the overall mount height.
Therefore, when tested a maximum compressive displacement of 1 mm can be applied
comfortably to the mount without crushing the mount. The testing is further explained in
the design of experiment. Shortening the height of the fluid gap, however, may result in
higher yield stresses being achieved in the MR fluid. This increased yield stress would be
noticed as a compressive strengthening effect. Moreover, the sidewall thickness of the
elastic casing could be reduced to allow a larger MR effect to be realized, but design
robustness was considered a top priority.
The remainder of the model design focuses on the electromagnetic activation
components. These components are contained in the top-assembly and the bottom
assembly as listed in Table 3-1. In the top-assembly, an upper housing is used to create an
efficient return path in the magnetic circuit and also constrain the upper-pole plate of the
of the metal-elastic case. The case is then able to sit inside the upper housing which
extends the upper-pole plate toward the extruded lowering housing. This extension
creates a flux return path to the lower housing of the magnetic system. The thickness of
the upper housing provides sufficient thread length for fastening a test fixture at the
perimeter of the housing.
Next, the main focus for the lower housing is a centered magnetic core that mates to
the magnetic-pole plate of the metal-elastic mount. A coil bobbin that would not interfere
with the diameter of the magnetic core was selected from available donated parts.
Therefore, the lower housing model design takes into account the electro coil and metal-
elastic mount elements. A spacer is used to provide a solid base for the mount which also
locks the coil in the lower housing. The extruded lower housing then provides a return
path for the upper housing. Finally, 24 AWG magnet wire at 800 turns was selected to fit
the coil bobbin and to provide a large Ni value with a minimal current supply. Using a
low current supply is necessary to avoid overheating the coil when testing over continuous
27
cycles. Therefore, the design parameters incorporated system integrity with available
tooling, and donated parts and maintain reduced packaging space.
Testing equipment defined the use of a 1/16 in. air gap, as seen in Figure 3-3,
between the upper housing of the mount and the extruded section of the lower housing to
allow for improper axial alignment within the testing equipment. This space prevents any
mode of binding, either axial or torsion, from occurring and possibly adding friction
which might misconstrue the test results. This air gap could be reduced or removed if
placed in a permanent application, but a blow-off route for the air in the bulge volume
would need to be created. The bulge space around the circumference of the elastic casing
is to allow room for expansion of the elastic casing sidewall during compression. This
elastic material thickness adds stiffness to the case design, but may be trimmed if an
insignificant MR effect from the mount is noticed during testing. Test fixtures were also
added to the upper and lower housing to adapt the mount system to a Roehrig shock dyno.
With the aforementioned metal-elastic case, the magnetic model is prototyped in
finite element methods magnetics (FEMM) analysis software. FEMM analyzes the axis-
symmetric vertical cross-section of a magnetic circuit. From this software, contours of the
magnetic flux density |B| as well as the magnetic field intensity |H| in the model can be
extracted. The necessary inputs to create an accurate model are the dimensions, material
properties, coil windings and wire gauge of the system, and the circuit current. The B-H
curves for MR fluid are added to the material library in the FEMM program which is
discussed later.
After inserting the dimensions and material properties of the mount and magnet
system as seen in Figure 3-4a, the magnetic circuit is modeled. Figure 3-4b shows the
FEMM model with magnetic field lines while Figure 3-4a shows the electromagnetic coil,
the upper housing, and the lower magnet housing with core. A couple of other additional
features for the test setup, which are not included in the FEMM model from Figure 3-4b,
are the non-magnetic test fixtures shown in Figure 3-3. These fixtures are required
mounting for the Roehrig shock dyno, but would not be necessary if the mount and
magnetic system were placed in a permanent application. Moreover, the mount could be
rigidly attached to the core of the magnet, but for testing purposes the upper housing is the
only alignment constraint placed on the mount.
28
Figure 3-4: (a) Mount and magnet system cross-section view; (b) cross section modeled in FEMM with field lines.
The last feature of the model was completed with the appropriate B-H curves for the
various MR fluids. For MRF-122, 132, 140, and 145, the B-H curves were determined
using the model
1.1330 01.91 [1 exp( 10.97 )]B H Hμ μ= ⋅Φ ⋅ − − ⋅ ⋅ + ⋅ (3.2)
where B is the magnetic flux, H is the magnetic field intensity, Φ is the percentage of
ferrous iron in the fluid, and μ0 equals 4π10-7 [49]. Therefore, Φ is set to 0.22, 0.32,
0.40, and 0.45 based on the ferrous iron percentage making up the MR fluid. Next, the
magnetic field intensity is increased from 0 to 600 kAmp/m to generate the magnetic flux
in equation (3.2). Additionally, this simulation accurately represents the empirical B-H
curve for each fluid if compared to the product bulletins published by Lord Corp [50-52].
Furthermore, the simulated data was converted into FEMM’s material library as
shown in Figure 3-5. The coil used to generate the magnetic field had 800 turns of 24
AWG magnet wire. Assuming no more than 3 Amps of current would be supplied to the
coil, the magnetic field intensity and magnetic flux are established at the center of the
fluid gap for each MR fluid as marked on each B-H curve. With a 3 Amp current supply,
the magnetic field intensity is 295 kAmp/m in MRF-122, 254 kAmp/m in MRF-132, 218
kAmp/m in MRF-140, and 197 kAmp/m in MRF-145.
Upper Housing
Coil
Lower Housing (a) (b)
Field Lines
MR Fluid
29
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
0 100000 200000 300000 400000 500000 600000
H, Amp/m
B, T
esla
MRF-122 MRF-132MRF-140 MRF-145Mid-Gap @ 3 Amp
Figure 3-5: B-H curves for MRF-122, MRF-132, MRF-140, and MRF-145 with field intensity in fluid gap generated by a 3 Amp current supply.
In order to illustrate the effects from the aforementioned fluids used in the fluid
cavity, the following analysis presents a best case scenario for each fluid where the coil is
supplied with 3 Amps of current. Figure 3-9a, using MRF-122, shows the flux density in
the entire system when activated with a 3 Amp current supply. In MRF-122 the fluid
region experiences 0.75 T at the middle section of the gap as seen in Figure 3-6b and
shows the magnitude of the flux against the magnetic-pole plate (bottom), and against the
upper-pole plate (top) of the fluid gap. Switching the simulated fluid to MRF-132, the
flux density increases as depicted in Figure 3-7a in the fluid gap and the middle section
experiences 0.88 T of magnetic flux. Another unique feature in each of these fluid gaps is
that the field direction is normal through the fluid gap; however, at the upper housing the
field is redirected into the return path. This redirection at the top of the fluid gap through
the upper-pole plate causes the magnitude of flux to increase at the top region of the fluid
gap.
30
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
-1.00 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Diameter, in.
|B|,
T
BottomMiddleTop
Figure 3-6: Simulated (a) Flux density for mount system and (b) magnetic flux magnitude for MRF-122 with 3 Amps of current supplied to the electro coil.
22 %
(a)
(b)
31
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
-1.00 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Diameter, in.
|B|,
T
BottomMiddleTop
Figure 3-7: Simulated (a) Flux density for mount system and (b) magnetic flux magnitude for MRF-132 with 3 Amps of current supplied to the electro coil.
32 %
(b)
(a)
32
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
-1.00 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00Diameter, in.
|B|,
T
BottomMiddleTop
Figure 3-8: Simulated (a) Flux density for mount system and (b) magnetic flux magnitude for MRF-140 with 3 Amps of current supplied to the electro coil.
Switching to the material properties of MRF-145, the flux density within the MR
fluid gap is approximately 1.0 T and remains consistent through the cross section as seen
in Figure 3-9a when the coil is supplied with 3 Amps of current. To further illustrate the
magnetic flux, the magnitude of magnetic flux at the bottom, middle, and top of the fluid
gap is shown in Figure 3-9b. At the bottom or against the magnetic-pole plate, the flux is
uniform around 1.0 T. In the middle of the fluid gap, however, the magnetic flux
decreases slightly at the circumference.
40 %
(a)
(b)
33
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
-1.00 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Diameter, in.
|B|,
T
BottomMiddleTop
Figure 3-9: Simulated (a) Flux density for mount system and (b) magnetic flux magnitude for MRF-140 with 3 Amps of current supplied to the electro coil.
Next, the yield stress of the various MR fluids is generated using Carlson’s yield
stress model
1.5239. . 271700 (0.00633 )Y S C TANH H= ⋅ ⋅Φ ⋅ ⋅ (3.3)
where C equals 1.0 for hydrocarbon oil, Φ is the percentage of ferrous iron in the fluid,
and H is the field intensity in kAmp/m [49]. Before continuing, the yield stress of interest
is determined by the amount of magnetic field intensity from a 3 Amp current supply
produced at the center of the fluid gap as seen in Figure 3-10. The yield stress is then
45 %
(a)
(b)
34
represented in Figure 3-11 for MRF-122, 132, 140, and 145 fluids. The yield stresses
achieved in the fluid are depicted by a marker on each yield curve in Figure 3-11. These
yield stresses are 68 kPa for MRF-145, 59 kPa for MRF-140, 44 kPa for MRF-132, and
26 kPa for MRF-122. Therefore, MRF-145 is used to generate a large MR effect when
activating the fluid in the mount configuration.
100000
150000
200000
250000
300000
350000
400000
-1.00 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Diameter, in.
|H|,
Am
p/m
MRF122 MRF132MRF140 MRF145
Figure 3-10: Magnitude of magnetic field intensity at the center of the fluid gap in the mount with various MR fluids.
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
60000
70000
80000
90000
100000
0 100000 200000 300000 400000 500000 600000
H, Amp/m
Yiel
d St
ress
, Pa
MRF-122 MRF-132 MRF-140MRF-145 Y.S. @ 3 Amp
Figure 3-11: Yield stress in MR fluids marked with the maximum yield stress achieved in each fluid from a 3 Amp current supply to the mount system.
35
Since MRF-145 fluid is used in the actual construction of the mounts, the more
extensive modeling analysis uses MRF-145. Furthermore, this simulation produced
magnetic field intensities in the center of the fluid gap from 30 kAmp/m to 197 kAmp/m.
The magnitude of magnetic flux |B| entering the fluid cavity is plotted in Figure 3-12.
Most notable is that the magnetic flux remains uniform as it enters the MR fluid region.
With the current to the coil increased in steps of 0.5 Amp up to 3.0 Amp, the flux
magnitude increases from 0.3 T to 1.0 T. This increased magnitude of flux shows the
magnet system is very capable of activating the MR fluid in this configuration. Therefore,
with the uniform magnetic flux profile and increased flux density per current setting, this
design simulation confirms that the magnetic system is a viable solution.
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
-1.00 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Diameter, in.
|B|,
T
0.5 Amp 1.0 Amp1.5 Amp 2.0 Amp2.5 Amp 3.0 Amp
Figure 3-12: Simulated flux density magnitude plot using MRF-145 in FEMM for
mount system in the fluid gap at the magnetic-pole plate boundary.
In addition to the bottom boundary of the fluid cavity, the magnetic flux magnitude is
also collected for the middle and top sections of the fluid gap. Figure 3-13a shows the
level of activation occurring in the middle of the MR fluid cavity at current settings of 0.5
Amp to 3.0 Amp in 0.5 Amp increments. The middle section displays a uniform magnetic
flux value at the center of the fluid gap. The upper boundary of the fluid cavity is shown
in Figure 3-13b and has a less uniform profile. The flux density increases at the outer
radius of the fluid cavity in the upper section as the magnetic field is directed into the
36
upper-pole plate. To further explain this phenomenon, the magnetic field lines are being
redirected into a horizontal flow and condense into the upper-pole plate and housing to
return to the opposite pole of the electro-magnet. This redirection increases the magnetic
flux density at the perimeter of the upper-pole plate, but overall does not have any adverse
implications on activating the MR fluid in squeeze mode. Therefore, the magnetic flux
density through the fluid cavity is acceptable and is of desired uniformity.
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
-1.00 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Diameter, in.
|B|,
T
0.5 Amp 1.0 Amp1.5 Amp 2.0 Amp2.5 Amp 3.0 Amp
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
-1.00 -0.80 -0.60 -0.40 -0.20 0.00 0.20 0.40 0.60 0.80 1.00
Diameter, in.
|B|,
T
0.5 Amp 1.0 Amp1.5 Amp 2.0 Amp2.5 Amp 3.0 Amp
Figure 3-13: Simulated flux magnitude plot using MRF-140 in FEMM for mount system at the (a) center of the fluid gap and at the (b) upper-pole plate boundary.
(b)
(a)
37
The last analysis for this mount system looks at the estimated power usage of the
magnetic coil. The simulated resistance from the FEMM program is 10.3 Ohms for the
800 turn coil with 24 AWG magnet wire. This resistance would require approximately a
30 V power supply at 3 Amp. To reduce overheating the coil, however, a maximum
current of 2 Amp will be invoked during testing. Therefore, the projected yield stress
achieved in the fluid will be 59 kPa with a 2 Amp current supply to the coil.
In summary, an effective magnetic circuit has been simulated, analyzed, and
considered for proper functionality. This system configuration enables advanced
magnetic flux efficiency within the MR fluid cavity using MRF-145 as the simulation has
shown. The magnetic flux density in the fluid has a variable range from 0.3 to 1.0 T with
a current input of 0.5 to 3.0 Amps, respectively. The coil, however, will be operated to a
maximum of 2 Amps which produces a projected yield stress of 59 kPa in the fluid.
Furthermore, packaging of the system has remained compact within the means of the
available components to a total height of 2.62 in. and a diameter of 3.75 in. while using a
low-profile mount.
3.2.2 Iteration Stage: Magnetic System Design
This section illustrates and briefly analyzes the design process which occurred prior to
realization of the final magnetic system design previously presented. As with most
research, a unique and efficient approach is seldom realized at first and design iterations
must occur. This section, however, does not contain all configurations, but instead shows
the basic iterations to present the envelope of the design phase. Other earlier
electromagnet designs and configurations are presented in Appendix D. Furthermore,
these iterations are presented to provide the aspiring mount designer with failed designs
and prevent any recurrence of these designs.
The following designs, unless otherwise noted, use a 24 AWG coil with 1000 turns
supplied with 3.0 Amps of current, and a fluid cavity filled with MRF-145 fluid. Test
frame adapters are not labeled since they are not part of the magnetic circuitry.
Polyurethane is assumed to have the same magnetic permeability as air and therefore is
given the same material property as air by omitting the casings boundary. Additionally,
each design, unless otherwise noted, uses a basic elastic casing of polyurethane with a
38
diameter of 2.375 in. and a height of 0.4375 in. The fluid cavity diameter is 1.625 in. and
the height is 0.1875 in.
The first design iteration in Figure 3-14a uses a flanged magnetic core. A coil bobbin
is placed between the flanges and then inset in an aluminum frame. An upper shield is
used to try and gather the magnetic field across the MR fluid gap. Activating this circuit
with the flanges only loops the magnetic field directly back to the opposite pole.
Therefore, this design passes minimal magnetic flux density into the desired fluid cavity
region as seen in Figure 3-14b and is rejected. Further details for iteration 1 are continued
in Appendix D in the second generation electromagnet section.
Figure 3-14: Magnetic system iteration-1 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software.
Similar to iteration-1, the next configuration uses a top flange and removes the
bottom flange as seen in Figure 3-15a. The remaining components are identical. Still,
very little flux density is passed into the fluid cavity as seen in Figure 3-15b. The use of
the single flange still loops the magnetic flux density to the opposite pole and is therefore
discarded.
MRF
Upper
Shield
Flanged
Magnet
Core
Coil
(a) (b)
39
Figure 3-15: Magnetic system iteration-2 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software.
The third attempt was to completely eliminate the flanges from the magnets core.
Unfortunately, a large gap then existed between the fluid cavity and the core of the
magnet as seen in Figure 3-16a. Once again, limited magnetic flux was passed to the fluid
cavity as seen in the flux density plot of Figure 3-16b. This iteration, however, was not a
complete loss, since the direction of the magnetic field was oriented toward the fluid
cavity.
MRF
Upper
Shield
Flanged
Magnet
Core
Coil
(a) (b)
40
Figure 3-16: Magnetic system iteration-3 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software.
With gained understanding of electromagnetic theory, a fourth iteration was then
pursued with the foresight of eliminating the elastic casing that was plaguing the magnetic
efficiency. As seen in Figure 3-17a, the region below the fluid cavity which had been
occupied by the elastomeric casing now contains a magnetic-pole plate. This pole plate
removes the reluctance associated with the magnetic field bridging the air gap and creates
a directional flow to the fluid cavity. Furthermore, a sufficient return path for the field
was adjoined to the top of the fluid cavity by using the upper-pole plate. This upper-pole
plate extended out over the lower housing and placed the air gap on the outer perimeter of
the housing. Sufficient fluid cavity activation was then realized as the lower boundary of
the cavity experienced approximately 0.83 T as seen in Figure 3-17b.
MRF
Upper
Shield
Magnet
Core
Coil
(a) (b)
41
Figure 3-17: Magnetic system iteration-4 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software.
After iteration-4, the first thought was to reduce the perimeter air gap even further,
but doing this might cause the upper and lower housing to bottom out while restricting the
elastic sidewall from having sufficient room to bulge. The second thought was to place
the mount on a spacer to prevent the mount from compressing on the coil windings as
depicted in Figure 3-18a. Parallel research lead to the donation of a coil bobbin, and the
system began to take on constraints. Doubtful that the coil would hold 1000 turns of 24
AWG magnet wire, the windings were reduced to 695 turns in this iteration. Additionally,
the upper-pole plate was placed in an upper housing assembly which would allow for the
system to be attached to the test setup. Upon activation and with the reduced turns of the
coil, the magnetic flux density was fairly uniform at 0.73 T as shown in the flux density
plot of Figure 3-18b.
MRF
Upper -
pole
plate
Magnet
Core
Coil
Magnet
-pole
plate
(a) (b)
42
Figure 3-18: Magnetic system iteration-5 (a) model and (b) simulation contour plot of lower fluid cavity boundary, in FEMM software.
Each iteration proved to be an excellent resource for the overall system design. The
knowledge obtained here as well as the iterations presented in Appendix D was funneled
to the finalized system. This led to a relatively compact system configuration and a
uniform magnetic flux profile within the MR fluid cavity. Furthermore, these inefficient
designs should be avoided and are mainly added to present the mount designer with
unsuccessful attempts at configuring a mount and magnetic system.
3.3 Elastic Mount Design
This section is devoted to the material selection, design, and fabrication of the elastic
mounts tested in this study. The first section here focuses on materials for the basic elastic
mount casing as well as the metal-elastic mount casing. The next section discusses the
fabrication for the elastic mount which is then followed by the metal-elastic mount
fabrication.
3.3.1 Elastic Mount Design
The elastic mount developed in this study will be in contact with magneto-rheological
fluid which uses a hydrocarbon-based carrier fluid; however, other carrier fluids are
readily available. Prior to selecting an elastomer the following two constraints had to be
MRF
Upper -
Housing
Magnet
Core
Coil
Magnet
-pole
Spacer
(a) (b)
43
met: resistance to degradation from oil or hydrocarbons, and soft available durometer
ratings. Using Lord Corp. compatibility chart for MR fluid, polyurethane has a rating of
good for its compatibility with MR fluid [53]. Therefore, polyurethane with a soft
durometer rating (PolyTek.Corp Poly 74-30) was selected with a hardness of 30 Shore A
(30 Durometer) [54]. The purpose of having a low durometer rating is to avoid
overshadowing the effects of the activated MR fluid. For a better comprehension of this
durometer rating, Table 3-2 provides a comparison of typical products that are everyday
items.
Table 3-2: Durometer rating comparison chart for conceptual understanding of the Shore A hardness selected for the elastomeric casing material, adapted from [55].
Since the premise of the mount is for use as a vibration absorber in a machine or an
engine application, the dimensions are kept relatively compact. These dimensions
coincide with the magnetic system design as discussed in Section 3.2, but are listed again
in Table 3-3 for each type of insert that is used for the comparative study. The MRF-145
MR fluid is injected with a volume of approximately 6.4 cc with an approximate mass of
27 g. An elastic case cavity is left empty which is referred to as the air insert. The solid
rubber elastomeric case is constructed with polyurethane and is referred to as the 30
durometer polyurethane insert. Last, two metal inserts made of 1018-Steel and 6061-
Aluminum are used.
44
Table 3-3: Polyurethane metal-elastic and elastic casing dimensions with internal cavity dimensions for the specified insert.
Mount Mount Insert Insert Height Diameter Height Diameter
P.U. Casing with Type of Insert
inch inch inch inch MRF-145 0.4375 2.375 0.1875 1.625 Air 0.4375 2.375 0.1875 1.625 30 D Polyurethane 0.4375 2.375 0.1875 1.625 1018 Steel 0.4375 2.375 0.1875 1.625 6061 Aluminum 0.4375 2.375 0.1875 1.625
As noticed in Table 3-3, the insert selection contained the following materials: MRF-
145, air, 30 durometer polyurethane, 1018-Steel, and 6061-Aluminun. MRF-145 fluid
was used since it contains 45% by volume of ferrous magnetic particles, which should be
capable of producing significant axial compressive strength changes during magnetic
activation. The magnetic 1018 Steel insert was used for the possibility of networking with
an applied magnetic field and to provide an upper boundary stiffness during the
comparative study. A nonmagnetic 6061 Aluminum insert was used to counter the
previous hypothesis of the 1018 Steel networking with applied magnetic field. Several
passive elements such as AIR and 30 durometer polyurethane were also used to set the
lower boundary stiffness. The AIR filled elastic case is additionally used for stiffness
comparison to an empty metal-elastic case. From this point forward, the aforementioned
polyurethane casing and type of insert will have the nomenclature shown in Table 3-4.
Table 3-4: Mount naming nomenclature for abbreviations and legends. Name Type of Insert MRE MRF-145 AIR Air RUB 30-D Polyurethane STE 1018 Steel ALU 6061 Aluminum
For the metal-elastic case design, the upper-pole plate and magnetic-pole plate
material are made from 12L14 Steel. This steel is machined easily and has superior
magnetic properties. Regardless of the steel selected, an epoxy primer substrate is
required for the polyurethane to bond to the pole plate. Therefore, Omni-MP172 epoxy
primer was selected to create the desired chemical bond between the polyurethane and
45
12L14 Steel. Additionally, an etching primer (SEM#39693) was used prior to the layer of
epoxy primer as added insurance.
3.3.2 Elastic Mount Fabrication
In addition to selecting the materials for the mount, careful consideration of devising the
correct manufacturing process for those materials is of critical importance. Fabricating the
mounts requires an adequate mold to cast the elastic casing, a vacuum degassing chamber
to remove air from the elastomer prior to casting, proper laboratory equipment, and many
techniques that will be explained in this section and further continued in Appendix A.
After having decided the key dimensions of the mount specimens to manufacture, the
pattern can then be copied to a mold. Since the mounts have an inner chamber or cavity, a
three plate mold is needed. The three plates come into contact and require sealing
between each plate which is accomplished with use of axial face o-rings. Depending on
the apparatus or method used to inject the uncured elastomer, the mold will undoubtedly
need to be air tight. The mold used in this study is shown in Figure 3-19 and highlights
the three plates and axial o-ring gland. Further shop schematics and details of the mold
are presented in Appendix A.
Figure 3-19: Three plate mold for manufacturing elastic mounts.
Next, a vacuum pump and degassing chamber are needed as depicted in Figure 3-20.
The pump used in the fabrication is rated at 3.0 cfm and is able to pull a vacuum of 28
inHg when connected to the bell jar. Degassing is generally related to the surface tension
of the fluid or elastomer. Fortunately, this vacuum is sufficient for degassing
Top Plate Mid Plate Bottom Plate
O-Ring
46
polyurethane early in the pot life as well as the MR fluid, but a more viscous elastomer
may require higher vacuum.
Figure 3-20: Vacuum Pump and Bell Jar.
Readying the needed components is the most crucial step and should be done prior to
mixing the resin and catalyst fluid of the polyurethane. This list of components includes
disposable cups, syringes, beakers, and scales as seen in Figure 3-21. The disposable cups
are used to transfer the resin and catalyst to the mixing beaker located on the zeroed
scales. Plastic syringes are used to inject the polyurethane into the mold cavity through
the sprue tunnel of the mold.
Figure 3-21: PolyTekTM polyurethane (Parts A and B), scales, and dispensing
syringe.
Bell Jar
Vacuum Pump
Disposable cup Scales Beaker Syringe
47
Polyurethane is mixed by weight ratio and requires an accurate set of scales. The ill-
flowing resin is the more viscous of the two components and should be dispensed first. A
weight reading of the resin is acquired and the catalyst is added to double the weight
reading as seen in Figure 3-22. Careful consideration must be given to the volume of
polyurethane with respect to the volume of the beaker since the degassing process may
cause the polyurethane to boil out of the beaker. After dispensing, the polyurethane is
mixed as seen in Figure 3-23, placed in the degassing canister where the entrapped air is
removed leaving a degassed elastomer ready for use.
Figure 3-22: Dispensing Polyurethane components by weight.
Figure 3-23: Mixing polyurethane, degassing polyurethane, and degassed polyurethane processes.
Mixed Degassing Degassed
Catalyst Part B
Resin Part A
48
Polyurethane is now ready to be poured into the injection syringe. Pouring above the
syringe several inches helps release any remaining entrapped air as seen in Figure 3-24.
The syringe is held needle up and depressed to evacuate air which also dispenses the
polyurethane. With the mold rigidly attached to workstation and sprue tubes in place, the
polyurethane is injected as illustrated in Figure 3-24. Excess polyurethane is injected to
ensure all air pockets are removed from the cavity. Capping the sprue entrance is
important to prevent the material from flowing back out after the syringe is removed. The
polyurethane is allowed to cure for at least 12 hours prior to being demolded.
Figure 3-24: Polyurethane being poured into the syringe (left) and then injected into the mold (right).
Material cure time may vary, but since the mold makes two halves that need to be
attached it is generally best to demold before the material has completely set. The two
shells have parting lines as well as sprue channels that have to be removed. Upon removal
of the unwanted polyurethane, the halves are degreased and replaced in the mold similar
to the arrangement in Figure 3-25. Notice that extra material is removed from the sprue
entrance or exit as well as around the sides of the mount to allow the next layer of
polyurethane to seep outward.
Sight Window
Excess polymer material
Filling Syringe Injecting
49
Figure 3-25: Halves are demolded and prepped (left) then returned to the mold with a bead of uncured polyurethane and aluminum insert (right).
Uncured polyurethane was applied to one side of the soon to be mount and a 6061
Aluminum insert was placed in the cavity. The uncured polyurethane was spread around
the inner face of the mount on the bottom plate. Similar methods are employed for each
non-liquid insert. The final products are depicted in Figure 3-26 and include the 6061
Aluminum (ALU), 1018 Steel (STE), Air (AIR), and 30 D polyurethane (RUB) insert
mounts.
Figure 3-26: Elastic casing mounts with 6061 aluminum, air, 1018 steel, and solid 30 D polyurethane (rubber).
Aluminum Air Steel Rubber
50
3.3.3 Metal-Elastic Mount Fabrication
In response to producing a more efficient magnetic system design, the elastic casing was
modified. The modifications were made within the limits of the available tooling to
enable a quick turn around. For all intents and purposes, the metal-elastic case may only
be filled with a mobile fluid or gas while solid non-deforming inserts used in the case
would be unfeasible for a vibration absorber.
Returning to the modification, the addition of a surface ground lower magnetic-pole
plate and an upper-pole plate as illustrated in Figure 3-27 was required. The mount
diameter and height remained the same, but the lower magnetic-pole plate replaces the
0.125-in.of polyurethane beneath the internal cavity. Polyurethane above the internal
cavity was replaced by the upper-pole plate which also has a thickness of 0.125-in.
Figure 3-27: Upper-pole plate (top) and magnetic-pole plate (bottom) made of 12L14 Steel with epoxy primer.
The pole plates require a meticulous process before they are mold worthy. This
process includes the following steps: residue removal, sanding, chamfering, etch priming,
epoxy priming, and scuffing. An etching primer is used as an initial substrate to allow
adhesion between the metal and the epoxy primer. The epoxy primer is a necessary
substrate to create a chemical bonding surface so the polyurethane will stick. Before
combining the mold, the epoxy-coated 12L14 metal inserts are placed in the prepped
mold. Embosses on each side of the middle mold ensures that the pole plates are parallel
Sanded
Chamfer
51
during manufacture. Special care has to be administered to keep from contaminating the
epoxy surfaces as they are placed in the mold as seen in Figure 3-28 and when combining
the mold plates.
Figure 3-28: Pole plates inserted into mold, upper plate first (left) and then magnetic-pole plate (right), prior to injecting polyurethane.
Once more, the polyurethane may now be injected into the mold as described in the
previous elastic fabrication process. Similarly, the de-molded polyurethane half must be
prepped and then replaced in the mold as illustrated on the left in Figure 3-29. A small
bead of uncured polyurethane is spread on the inside face of the halves and the mold is
reconnected keeping each half parallel. Once the polyurethane has cured, the metal-
elastic casing is then de-molded. A viable metal-elastic casing, after removing the parting
line material, as depicted in the right quadrant of Figure 3-29, is now ready to be filled
with MR fluid.
Emboss
52
Figure 3-29: Prepped-pole plate casing halves returned to the mold (left) and a finished metal-elastic casing (right).
With the metal-elastic casing ready to be loaded with MR fluid, the degassing process
is once again necessary to remove entrapped gases from the MR fluid. A special funnel
that screws into the upper plate of the casing enables easy transition of fluid to the internal
cavity. The casing with the attached funnel is placed in the bell jar. The funnel,
illustrated in Figure 3-30, is filled with MRF-145 fluid and allows the fluid to drain in the
internal cavity of the casing.
Figure 3-30: Metal-elastic casing and funnel readied for filling MR fluid-elastic casing.
Since the fluid has a high viscosity and does not flow readily, an external pressure
technique is employed to force the degassed fluid into the cavity of the casing. Moreover,
Parting Line
Upper Half Lower Half
Funnel
53
when degassing the fluid, seen in Figure 3-31, a vacuum or negative pressure is created
within the cavity and when releasing the canister vacuum the MR fluid drains into the
cavity with the aid of the atmospheric pressure outside the funnel. This pressure
differential allows MR fluid to be pulled through the funnel by the vacuum pressure inside
the cavity. MR fluid is continually added as the mount is being filled. Repeating this
process ensures the cavity contains only MR fluid and that the MR fluid is thoroughly
degassed.
Figure 3-31: Degassing MR fluid during the process of filling the metal-elastic case.
After removal of the funnel, a socket head cap screw with thread sealant is used to
plug the upper-pole plate. The plug, which is illustrated in Figure 3-32, is then torqued
and the fluid is sealed inside the cavity. The MR fluid-elastic mount is weighed as seen in
Figure 3-32. The dry weight of the metal-elastic casing was 111.0g and loaded with MR
fluid the weight was 137.7g. Therefore, the mass of the MR fluid contained in the mount
is approximately 27 g. This mass could be checked based on the density of the fluid and
volume of the cavity to ensure the cavity is full of MR fluid.
Entrapped
Air
54
Figure 3-32: Weighing the plugged MR fluid-elastic mount with MRF-145 fluid in the metal-elastic case.
As stated earlier, the metal-elastic casing was built within the limits of available
tooling. The tooling consisted of the mold and injection equipment used for the elastic
case. Increasing the structural robustness of the metal-elastic case would require a new
mold. The new mold would have to allow a spacer with magnetic-pole plate to be molded
simultaneously to the elastic case. Further discussion on the spacer with pole plate is
presented in the recommendations section of chapter 6.
3.4 Design of Experiment
This section presents the testing equipment and lists the basic testing setup. After the
basic testing setup, the quasi-static stiffness testing (QST), and the dynamic stiffness
testing (DST) protocols are listed for the MR fluid-elastic mounts and the comparative
passive mounts.
To achieve both the quasi-static and dynamic stiffness testing, an electromagnetic
linear actuator (EMA) dynamometer is employed. The Roehrig-EMA dynamometer
shown in Figure 3-33 is run by a desktop computer via Roehrig-Shock 6.0 software. The
hardware within the EMA measures input displacement and velocity, while the load cell
measures force. The linear actuator has a resolution of 0.25-177.0 mm and able to
produce harmonic inputs up to 100 Hz. Additionally, the Interface brand loadcell is able
to measure forces of up to 2000 lbf. Not pictured is the power supply used to supply the
needed current setting to the coil of the mount magnetic system during testing. This
Plug
55
power supply is a GW Instek GPS-2303 DC power supply and has a current resolution of
0.01 Amp and Voltage resolution of 0.1 V.
Figure 3-33: Roehrig-EMA Shock Dynamometer and Desktop Computer running Shock 6.0 software, adapted from [45].
Eight mounts were tested using the basic experiment setup. These mount consist of
three MRF-145 fluid filled metal-elastic cases (MRE 1-3), one empty metal-elastic case
(MRE 3B), one empty elastic case (AIR), one solid elastic case (RUB), and two metal
inserts in an elastic case (STE, ALU). The experimental setup for testing these mounts is
shown in Figure 3-34 which provides a brief overview of the equipment and important
features. The standard protocols for the test setup are:
• Turn on the EMA and desktop computer
• Raise Crossbar and lock Clamps
• Thread Test Fixture and Lower Housing assembly to the 2000 lb. Load Cell
• Thread Test Fixture and Upper Housing assembly to the Linear Actuator
• Place desired mount for testing in Upper Housing
• Open Shock 6.0 and zero the Load Cell
56
• Unlock Clamps and lower Crossbar
• Allow Crossbar to load approximately 100 N on Mount and lock Clamps
• Fasten Circuit Leads to the coil
• Load test profile in Shock 6.0, run a warm-up session, run test and acquire
results
Figure 3-34: Test Setup of mount and magnetic system in the Roehrig EMA Dynamometer.
As discussed in the protocol list, the crossbar is loaded on the mount at approximately
100 N to establish consistent experimental setup. Due to the variations in stiffness of each
mount, this added load does not generate a standard displacement, but keeps the initial
setup standardized. The mounts are then run through a warm-up period prior to data
collection. Unfortunately, a temperature reading is not possible due to the lower housing
blocking the infrared temperature sensor. Therefore, the warm-up was assumed complete
by running a multi-frequency test at a current setting of 2.0 Amp. This warm-up was used
in both the quasi-static and dynamic testing formats for three metal-elastic case mounts
filled with MRF-145 (MRE 1-3), one empty metal-elastic case mount (MRE 3B), one
Test Fixture
Linear Actuator
Crossbar
Clamps
Test Fixture
Lower Housing
Circuit Leads
Load Cell
57
empty elastic case mount (AIR), one solid elastic case (RUB), one elastic case mount with
steel insert (STE), and one elastic case mount with aluminum insert (ALU).
In the quasi-static experimental testing, a ramp input from 0 to 1 mm over 3 sec. is
used for the soft core mounts and a ramp input from 0 to 0.5 mm over 3 sec. is used for
the solid core mounts as illustrated in Figure 3-35. The current setting was varied from 0
to 2 Amp at 0.25 Amp increments. The acquired force was measured during the
compression for later processing. For further explanation, the soft core mounts consist of
the three different metal-elastic case mounts with MRF-145 fluid (MRE 1-3), the empty
metal-elastic case mount (MRE 3B), the elastomeric case with hollow cavity (AIR), and
the solid polyurethane elastomeric mount (RUB). The solid core mounts refer to the
elastic case mounts with steel insert (STE) and aluminum insert (ALU).
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
Time, sec.
Dis
plac
men
t, m
m
1mm Ramp0.5mm Ramp
Figure 3-35: Ramp displacement input for quasi-static testing on the shock dyno.
The format for generating dynamic data is shown in the test matrix in Table 3-5. A
maximum amplitude of 0.5 mm is used for each sinusoidal test with the displacement
bounds of 0 to 1.0 mm as shown in Figure 3-36. The solid core mounts denoted with an
asterisk use a reduced amplitude of 0.25 mm and compression range of 0 to 0.5 mm. The
primary reason for reducing the displacement across the solid core mount is to protect the
58
shock dyno and load cell. This amplitude reduction does not have any consequence since
the force amplitude is the most important result measured from the generated data. The
second setting is the current which is incremented at 0.5 Amp for all tested frequencies.
Additional current increments of 0.25 Amp are used on the MRE mounts to provide
deeper characterization and analysis. A frequency band of 1 to 35 Hz is applied to each
mount, but beyond 35 Hz at test amplitude the EMA dynamometer becomes unsteady.
Therefore, higher frequency testing is not pursued.
Table 3-5: Test matrix for dynamic testing of MR fluid-elastic mounts with MRF-145 fluid and passive mounts with air, rubber, steel and aluminum inserts.
* denotes decreased test amplitude on specimen from 0.5 mm to 0.25 mm.
0
0.25
0.5
0.75
1
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Time, sec.
Dis
plac
emen
t, m
m
0.50mm Sine at 1 Hz
0.25mm Sine at 1 Hz
Figure 3-36: Sine displacement input for dynamic testing at 1 Hz on shock dyno.
59
3.5 Summary
In summary, this chapter has explained the circuit principals which lead to the design of
the mount and magnet system. This mount and magnet system was then validated using
the FEMM analysis software and found to supply approximately 0.8 T of magnetic flux
density to the desired fluid cavity at 2.0 Amp and 1.0 T at 3.0 Amp which produces
approximately 68 kPa of yield stress in the fluid. Several design iterations are also shown
and briefly presented. The elastic mount design section presented the selection materials
and fabrication for the elastic and metal-elastic case mounts. Further mount fabrication
processes are presented in Appendix A. With the mount and magnet system readied, the
previous section covered the Roehrig EMA dynamometer testing equipment and the
design of experiment formulated for the purpose of measuring static and dynamic stiffness
results.
60
4. Mount Stiffness and Damping Characterization
In this chapter, the test data is processed using the vibration analysis techniques from
Chapter 2 to provide a parametric analysis. Therefore, this analysis begins by processing
the quasi-static test data and extracting the parametric stiffness values. Dynamic test data
is then processed using the force-displacement plotting method to obtain both the
parametric stiffness values as well as the equivalent damping coefficient values. In
addition to the force-displacement plotting method, the force-amplitude and displacement-
amplitude values are used to find the magnitude of the dynamic stiffness. An evaluation
section then compares both methods used for obtaining the dynamic stiffness.
After the stiffness and damping analysis, the parametric values are presented in the
results section. This result section characterizes each individual mount by representing
the corresponding stiffness and damping values in the frequency domain. The frequency
domain allows for a more invasive understanding of the mounts parameters, which will
later lead to system identification processing. Moreover, a comparison section inspects
the response of all mounts in an observatory frequency response plot at selected current
settings. This comparison section also concludes on the values of the MR fluid- elastic as
well as the comparative mounts of this study.
4.1 Elastic Parametric Analysis
Herein, this section presents the bounty of this research through a parametric analysis of
each mount, but also states deficiencies to keep the mount and magnet system design in
check. First, the quasi-static processing uses the force-displacement plotting method to
acquire the static stiffness which resulted by applying the ramp displacement input. This
method is then carried to the second section for processing the dynamic stiffness and the
equivalent damping coefficient. Next, the force-amplitude method is used to determine
the dynamic stiffness. A concluding section compares the dynamic stiffness analysis
methods and presents the accuracy through a normalized root-mean-square-error analysis.
61
4.1.1 Static Force-Displacement Analysis and Results
After thorough testing using the ramp displacement inputs, the quasi-static data is
processed with the force-displacement plotting method and presented. Following the
processing, the results from the quasi-static testing are presented.
A ramp displacement input was applied across each mount at different current
settings. The data collected organized in Matlab for processing with a force-displacement
plotting method. The force-displacement plotting method refers to a linear least-squares
curve fitting analysis in Matlab that renders the slope of the force versus displacement plot
as seen in Figure 4-1. More commonly, the slope k is the stiffness of the mount and
related to the force
kF k x= ⋅ (4.1)
where x is the displacement and kx is the linear model shown in the example plot. The
nonlinear section was then discarded from the analysis on the basis of the linear
approximation method since the mount would be operated using a higher static load [46].
The additional offset produced from the linear approximation method is also discarded
since a spring’s force is dependent on displacement.
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,QST,0.0ALinear Model,KxNonlinear Region
Figure 4-1: Force-displacement plotting method example on a MR fluid-elastic mount with MRF-145 fluid.
Discarded
Region
Model,Kx
62
Furthermore, the least-squares method reduces the sum of the square residual of the
data point value and model point value in the loading cycle such that
( )2
1
N
i ii
d mε=
= ∑ − (4.2)
where di is the data point and mi is the model point. The stiffness values determined
using the above method were limited to the loading cycle of the ramp input and not
averaged with the unloading cycle. The unloading cycle receives less force due to the
agglomeration of the ferrous particles in the fluid and was disregarded to process the
quasi-static stiffness. For comparing the quasi-static stiffness k evaluated by the above
model, the stiffness gain s.g. is calculated as
2 0
0
. . 100%k ks gk−
= × (4.3)
where k2 is the stiffness at 2.0 Amp, and k0 is the stiffness at 0.0 Amps or off-state.
Using the aforementioned force-displacement modeling strategy, the force data is
plotted for MR Fluid-Elastic 1 (MRE 1) in Figure 4-2a and for MR Fluid-Elastic 2 (MRE
2) in Figure 4-2b. Each subplot represents current settings incremented at 0.5 Amp.
Additionally, each model is plotted in the lower right subplot to illustrate the change in
stiffness due to the magnetic field. Both MRE 1 and MRE 2 have increased quasi-static
stiffness values ranging from 2587 to 3688 N/mm and 2905 to 3603 N/mm, respectively.
Therefore, from off-state to activated state at 2.0 Amp a stiffness gain of approximately
42% and 24% is recognized in MRE 1 and MRE 2, respectively. The gain in MRE 2 is
lower due to the zero current stiffness which was 300 N/mm stiffer than MRE 1, but the
stiffness at 2.0 Amps of current is comparable.
63
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,QST,0.0ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,QST,0.5ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,QST,1.0ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,QST,1.5ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,QST,2.0ALinear Model,Kx
Kx,0.0A
Kx,0.5A
Kx,1.0AKx,1.5A
Kx,2.0A
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,QST,0.0ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,QST,0.5ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,QST,1.0ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,QST,1.5ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,QST,2.0ALinear Model,Kx
Kx,0.0A
Kx,0.5A
Kx,1.0AKx,1.5A
Kx,2.0A
Figure 4-2: Quasi-Static force-displacement analysis for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1 and (b) MR fluid-elastic 2 both with MRF-145 fluid.
Once more, the force-displacement method is illustrated for the remaining metal-
elastic test specimens. The force-displacement plots for MR fluid-elastic 3 (MRE 3) and
(b)
(a)
64
the empty metal-elastic case mount (MRE 3B) are plotted in Figure 4-3a and b,
respectively. MRE 3 has a lower stiffness than MRE 1 and MRE 2, with the off-state
value of 2292 N/mm. More so for MRE 3, the stiffness gain was lower at approximately
17%. However, the unfilled metal-elastic MRE 3B showed only the effects of the applied
magnetic field pulling down on the load cell. This is evident as the 0 Amp test produced a
stiffness of 575 N/mm and the 2 Amp test lowered the stiffness to 533 N/mm which is an
8% reduction.
To further substantiate the quasi-static stiffness analysis, the remainder of the mounts
are not plotted and instead valued for each test in Table 4-1. Each mount is then listed
with the stiffness value for the current setting from 0.00-2.00 Amps. The solid elastic
mount (RUB) is in the vicinity of the MRF-145 fluid filled metal-elastic mount stiffness
values at the zero current setting. With increased current settings, MRE 1 and 2’s stiffness
approaches the elastic case with metal insert mount (ALU and STE) stiffness. The
aluminum insert mount (ALU) stiffness shows an upward trend in stiffness, but has an s.g.
of only 3% and is considered negligible. The empty elastic case (AIR) has a stiffness
value similar to the empty metal-elastic case (MRE 3B) which suggests the sidewall
thickness of the polyurethane generates the casing stiffness and the pole plates add only
minimal stiffness.
65
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,QST,0.0ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,QST,0.5ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,QST,1.0ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,QST,1.5ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,QST,2.0ALinear Model,Kx
Kx,0.0A
Kx,0.5A
Kx,1.0AKx,1.5A
Kx,2.0A
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,QST,0.0ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,QST,0.5ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,QST,1.0ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,QST,1.5ALinear Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,QST,2.0ALinear Model,Kx
Kx,0.0A
Kx,0.5A
Kx,1.0AKx,1.5A
Kx,2.0A
Figure 4-3: Force-displacement analysis for (a) MR Fluid-Elastic 3 with MRF-145 fluid and (b) Metal-Elastic 3B with no fluid displaced with ramp input at 0.00, 0.50, 1.00, 1.50, and 2.00 Amp.
(a)
(b)
66
Table 4-1: Static stiffness values for MR fluid-elastic mounts and passive mounts with air, rubber, steel, and aluminum inserts at an index 0.25 Amp.
As the aforementioned suggests, the solid elastic mount is representative of a lower
boundary and the aluminum mount is useful for an upper boundary in the comparisons to
follow at the end of this chapter. More importantly though, MRE 1, 2, and 3 stiffness
parameters have shown each specimen to work with increased stiffness gains of 42%,
24%, and 17%, respectively. On the other hand, there are likely differences in each mount
which occurred during the manufacturing process. One difference may be an uncontrolled
depth of epoxy primer substrate which would alter magnetic flux density. In conclusion,
the quasi-static testing and analysis was successful and the analysis is progressed to the
dynamic testing data.
4.1.2 Force-Displacement Analysis
After acquisition of the dynamic test data from applying the test matrix in Table 3-5, the
analysis is now directed toward the dynamic stiffness as well as the equivalent damping
coefficient analysis. Although the previous quasi-static section presented results, this
section is limited to the methods of processing, and does not present the parametric
results. In addition to prevent redundancy, this section shows force-displacement data
plotted for each mount obtained from the 1 Hz oscillatory input at current settings of 0,
0.5, 1.0, 1.5, and 2.0 Amps.
The force-displacement analysis for the dynamic test data uses the same technique as
presented in 4.1.1 for linear approximation and modeling. A hysteretic content, however,
is contained within the dynamic testing. Therefore, an example plot with hysteresis is
67
presented in Figure 4-4. The force-displacement model equation (4.1) is loaded to fit the
region F(x) and the data outside this region is discarded. Prior to determining the stiffness
and damping, the force data is standardized by removing the added force of the crossbar
and load cell. This standardization should also eliminate the offset pull force of the
magnet on the load cell during activated current settings.
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
Figure 4-4: Force-displacement plotting method example with hysteretic content.
Next, the equivalent damping coefficient is calculated as
2eqEcXπω
Δ= (4.4)
where EΔ is the energy dissipated per cycle, ω is the input frequency in rad/s, and X is the
displacement amplitude [44]. Matlab software is used to calculate the dissipated energy
of the same region used to model the stiffness. The energy dissipated, seen within the
loading and un-loading region in Figure 4-2, was found using the polyarea.m function in
Matlab. The altered region may decrease the damping coefficient, but this was deemed
non-contributory in the overall study.
Discarded
Region
Loading
Un-Loading
68
In the metal-elastic case testing, additional current settings at 0.25 Amp increments
were included. The purpose for adding these extra current tests was to provide a more
thorough investigation of the dynamics associated with the MR fluid-elastic mounts. All
processing was completed for each frequency from 1-35 Hz with the amplitude of 0.50
mm for the oscillatory input, and current increments of 0.25 Amp.
The dynamic stiffness model Kx, found through a reduction of the sum of least
squares, was fit to the test data taken from the 1 Hz input for the metal-elastic case
mounts. MR fluid-elastic 1, 2, 3, and empty 3B are presented in Figure 4-5a, b, c, and d,
respectively. These dynamic figures are in the same layout as the quasi-static figures.
Each model is compiled in the southeast subplot for visual comparisons. The stiffness
model seen as the blue-dashed line typically centers the loading and unloading sections of
the force data. As noticed, a large hysteresis exists between the loading and unloading
cycle. Therefore, the stiffness becomes an average of the loading and unloading.
Unfortunately, the unloading cycle is nonlinear which may be caused by the
agglomeration of the ferrous particles in the MR fluid. This nonlinearity causes more
error to propogate into the results. A nonlinear model for the stiffness, however, is not
pursued.
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,0.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,0.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,1.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,1.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-5: (continue)
(a)
69
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,0.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,0.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,1.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,1.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,0.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,0.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,1.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,1.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-5: (continue)
(b)
(c)
70
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,0.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,0.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,1.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,1.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-5: Force-displacement processing for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1 with MRF-145, (b) MR fluid-elastic 2 with MRF-145, (c) MR fluid-elastic 3 with MRF-145 and (d) MR fluid-elastic 3B with no fluid.
The force-displacement processing section is now turned to the elastic case mounts.
The displacement is reduced to an amplitude input of 0.25 mm for STE and ALU. This
reduced amplitude ensured that the solid core mount would not run out of the elastic
region and cause subsequent damage to the testing equipment. Current settings during the
passive mount testing are incremented from 0.00-2.00 Amps at 0.50 Amp steps.
Processing of the elastic case mount demonstrated that these mounts are not a
function of the applied magnetic field. This is seen in Figure 4-6a-d for the air, rubber,
steel, and aluminum mounts by viewing the modeled force Kx plotted in the southeast
subplots. The damping also appears to be relatively low for these mounts as the force-
displacement lissajous have thin profiles. The coefficient of equivalent damping for these
mounts is shown later in the results section.
(d)
71
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
AIR,0.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
AIR,0.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
AIR,1.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
AIR,1.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
AIR,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
RUB,0.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
RUB,0.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
RUB,1.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
RUB,1.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
RUB,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-6: (continue)
(b)
(a)
72
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
STE,0.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
STE,0.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
STE,1.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
STE,1.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
STE,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
ALU,0.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Displacement, mm
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
ALU,0.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
ALU,1.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
ALU,1.5A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
ALU,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-6: Force-displacement processing for passive mount with (a) air, (b) rubber, (c) steel, and (d) aluminum inserts from a sinusoidal input of 1-Hz.
(d)
(c)
73
In summary, the force-displacement processing was completed for the gathered data
as designed in section 3.4. The techniques for processing equivalent damping and
dynamic stiffness using the force-displacement plotting methods were presented for each
mount at the 1 Hz frequency. In the MR fluid-elastic mounts, the dynamic stiffness was
found by averaging the loading and unloading cycles. The linear stiffness model,
however, does not accurately represent the unloading cycle. Therefore, a method for
determining the stiffness magnitude of the MR fluid-elastic mounts as well as the passive
mounts is presented next.
4.1.3 Force-Amplitude Analysis
Within this section, the force-amplitude processing techniques are discussed for extracting
the stiffness magnitude of the mounts. A brief analysis is then presented for each mount
and shown for testing at a frequency of 1 Hz.
As discussed in section 2.3.4, the force-amplitude processing can be used for later
frequency response modeling. Therefore, the force-amplitude method is used to model
both the time response of the force data F(t) and the input x(t). The input displacement
model is
0( ) sin( )x t X t Xω ρ= ⋅ ⋅ + + (4.5)
where X is the displacement amplitude, X0 is the static displacement offset and ρ is the
phase. The displacement model is required due to the resolution of the electromagnetic
actuator at increased frequency shortening the requested amplitude. The model for the
time response of the transmitted force is
0( ) | | sin( )F t F t Fω ϕ= ⋅ ⋅ + + (4.6)
where |F| is the force amplitude, F0 is the offset force, and φ is the phase.
Similar to the force-displacement method, the force data is standardized to remove
the force added by preload during initial setup. In the force model, an additional
saturation removal function
0[1 ( sin( ) )]2
SATSAT
sign X X t XF ω ρ+ + ⋅ ⋅ + −⎡ ⎤= ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ (4.7)
74
where XSAT is the displacement value at the start of saturation, is used to remove the
saturation as the mount is completely unloaded. Therefore, the force-amplitude model for
the data is represented as
[ ] 00
[1 ( sin( ) )]( ) | | sin( )2
SATsign X X t XF t F t F ω ρω ϕ + + ⋅ ⋅ + −⎡ ⎤= ⋅ ⋅ + + ⋅ ⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ (4.8)
where |F| is the amplitude of the force, and X is the amplitude of the displacement. With
these amplitudes, a magnitude relationship which relates to all physical elements of the
mounts is used to characterize the mount. Therefore, the relationship for the stiffness
magnitude is
| |. . FS MX
= (4.9)
with the units of N/mm and is thus called the stiffness magnitude.
The force-amplitude method is then applied to the data as seen in the solid line in the
example plot of Figure 4-7. The force, which does not account for the saturation, extends
well beyond the empirical data. The saturation removal function, however, is able to
represent the empirical data. At high current settings the data was more difficult to model
as this example shows, but at lower currents the model was able to converge more readily
to the data.
75
0 0.5 1 1.5 2-5000
-4000
-3000
-2000
-1000
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)No Saturation
Figure 4-7: Force-amplitude method analysis example for processing transmitted force data.
With the above mentioned analysis, the force model is then applied to the data using
the fit.m function in Matlab. All data acquired through the dynamic testing is processed
with this method for each mount. To remain consistent, the 1 Hz frequency testing is used
to illustrate this method for the following current settings of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, and 2.0 Amp.
Additionally, the displacement is not plotted since the fitting was trivial. The extracted
amplitude of the force and the amplitude of the displacement are later used to calculate the
stiffness magnitude as shown in equation (4.9). This stiffness magnitude, however, does
not represent the physical stiffness element from any of the tested mounts and instead
encompasses all of the physical elements in the mount.
After testing with the 1.0 mm amplitude displacement inputs, Figure 4-8a, b, c and d
show the force-amplitude processing for MR fluid-elastic mounts 1, 2, 3, and the empty
case 3B, respectively. The data is then represented by the thick line and the model is
shown as a thin, red line. The force-amplitude model is able to approximate the force data
XSAT
Loading
UnLoading
No Saturation
76
at the low current settings more readily than at the higher current settings. This is
apparent as the peak of the output declines with a non-sinusoidal slope with increased
current in MRE 1-3. As stated earlier, this unloading difference is likely due to the
ferrous particles in the MR fluid aggregating after being compressed from the loading
cycle. Nonetheless, the force-amplitude model shows a higher degree of coherence to the
data than the force-displacement model.
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,0.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Time, s
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,0.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,1.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,1.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 1,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-8: (continue)
(a)
77
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,0.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Time, s
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,0.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,1.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,1.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 2,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,0.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Time, s
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,0.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,1.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,1.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-8: (continue)
(b)
(c)
78
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,0.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Time, s
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,0.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,1.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,1.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
MRE 3B,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-8: Force-amplitude data processing and model for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1 with MRF-145, (b) MR fluid-elastic 2 with MRF-145, (c) MR fluid-elastic 3, and (d) MR fluid-elastic 3B with no fluid.
The elastic case mounts are processed using the force-amplitude method as shown in
Figure 4-9a, b, c, and d for the air, rubber, steel, and aluminum mounts. The force results
were generated with the sinusoidal input displacement of 0.5 mm for the soft core elastic
case mounts and 0.25 mm for the metal core elastic mounts. The force model is applied
and approximates the force results for the elastic case mounts without a problem. Upon
inspection, however, the force results from the metal insert mounts are similar to the solid
elastic case mount because the displacement amplitude had been reduced. The models are
collected in the southeast subplot for each current, but without any difference in
incremented current settings they are difficult to discern.
(d)
79
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
AIR,0.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Time, s
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
AIR,0.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
AIR,1.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
AIR,1.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
AIR,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
RUB,0.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Time, s
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
RUB,0.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
RUB,1.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
RUB,1.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
RUB,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-9: (continue)
(a)
(b)
80
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
STE,0.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Time, s
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
STE,0.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
STE,1.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
STE,1.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
STE,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
ALU,0.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Forc
e, N
Time, s
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
ALU,0.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
ALU,1.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
ALU,1.5A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
ALU,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0.0A0.5A1.0A1.5A2.0A
Figure 4-9: Force-amplitude data processing and model for passive mounts with (a) air, (b) rubber, (c) steel, and (d) aluminum inserts.
In summary, all of the acquired dynamic data was processed using the force-
amplitude method. The MR fluid-elastic mounts at increased current settings showed less
(c)
(d)
81
convergence with the method, but for the most part adhered to the data. The elastic case
force model responded in accord to the data. Therefore, this method has proved to be a
useful processing tool in extracting the envelope of the mount dynamics.
4.1.4 Processing Analysis Method Evaluation
To determine whether or not to present the dynamic stiffness resuts or the stiffness
magnitude results the RMS-error for each method is calculated. Therefore, this section
compares the RMS-error for the force-displacement processing method and the force-
amplitude processing method.
As the processing progressed, the force-displacement method looked at the stiffness
of the force-displacement data in N/mm and the RMS-error is therefore in N/mm. To
remove the units for comparison, the error is normalized to a percentage. The force-
amplitude model, however, only extracts the magnitude of the force in N, and then the
amplitude of the displacement separately in mm. Therefore, the separated errors for the
force-amplitude method are combined in the error calculation
2 2| |/ ( ) ( )F X F t x tE e e= + (4.10)
where eF(t) is the normalized RMS-error in the force F(t), and ex(t) is the normalized RMS-
error in the displacement x(t).
After normalizing the RMS-error, a sample of the error for both methods is tabulated
in Table 4-2 under the RMS-error header. The remainder of the RMS-error comparison is
shown in Appendix B. The sample, however, consists of each mount within this study at
the 1 Hz test case for 0.0 Amps. Upon inspection, the error is typically lower in the force-
amplitude method. The stiffness magnitude from the force-amplitude method and the
stiffness from the force-displacement method are presented beneath the method header.
The unit values for both methods are relatively close which suggests that extracting the
stiffness magnitude approximates the dynamic stiffness results. The stiffness magnitude
results, however, are dependent on more than just the input displacement and therefore
cannot be considered equal to the dynamic stiffness. Additionally, the stiffness magnitude
can be fitted with a transfer function and further presented in a transmissibility ratio which
is the main reason for continuing with results obtained from the force-amplitude method.
82
Table 4-2: Comparative stiffness and RMS-Error obtained from force-time and force-displacement analysis.
To further illustrate the selection of the force-amplitude method for the stiffness
magnitude, the processing methods are compared graphically. This comparison uses
results from the 1 Hz case at an applied current of 0.0, 1.0, and 2.0 Amps. Results from
the metal-elastic case are shown in Figure 4-10 for MRE 1. Additional annotation is
added in each subplot which states both the normalized RMS-error and the stiffness
magnitude. For MRE 1, the error increases from 5% at 0 Amp to 13% at 2 Amp in the
force-amplitude method. Moreover, in the force-displacement method the error increases
from 5% to 18% from 0 to 2 Amp. Similar processing error was found in the remainder of
the fluid filled metal-elastic case mounts.
83
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
|F| /X=2806-N/mm,
rmse = 5%MRE 1,0.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
K=2695-N/mm,
rmse = 5%
MRE 1,0.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
|F| /X=4192-N/mm,
rmse = 10%MRE 1,1.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
K=3268-N/mm,
rmse = 16%
MRE 1,1.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
0 0.5 1 1.5 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Time, s
Forc
e, N
|F| /X=5852-N/mm,
rmse = 13%MRE 1,2.0A,1hzModel,F(t)
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 10
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
Displacement, mm
Forc
e, N
K=3883-N/mm,
rmse = 18%
MRE 1,2.0A,1hzRegion,F(x)Model,Kx
Figure 4-10: Processing method evaluation for MR Fluid-Elastic 1 with force-time method (left) and force-displacement method (right) from a sinusoidal input of 1 Hz.
After evaluating both methods, it was determined more accurate to use the processing
results from the force-amplitude analysis. This extracted stiffness magnitude represents
all the elements of the system and not just the actual stiffness. The actual mount stiffness,
however, would only be an average between the loading and unloading cycle from the
force-displacement analysis. Therefore, the force-displacement results are not pursued.
Without a counter comparison, however, the equivalent damping coefficient results are
used from the force-displacement method.
4.2 Mount Parametric Results
Using the frequency domain plots, as alluded to earlier, is the basis for the presentation of
the results. The stiffness magnitude, which encompasses all the elements in the mount,
and the equivalent damping are plotted in the frequency domain [47]. This section first
focuses on each metal-elastic case mount results and is then followed by the elastic case
84
mount results. The final section makes a comparison at current settings of 0, 1.0, and 2.0
Amps for all the mounts of this study.
4.2.1 MR fluid- Elastic Mount Parameters
This section is limited to the presentation of the stiffness magnitude results and the
equivalent damping results for the individual mounts tested. The main objective here is to
characterize the stiffness magnitude gains caused by increasing the current supplied to the
coil. Additionally, the equivalent damping is also presented for each mount as the current
supply to the coil is increased.
With the force-amplitude processing completed, a consistent analysis of the results is
undertaken and the stiffness magnitude is plotted in the frequency domain from 0-35 Hz
for each mount. The quasi-static values from earlier processing are also included in the
stiffness magnitude and used to represent the stiffness magnitude at 0 Hz. Additionally,
the range for the stiffness magnitude is 0-10,000 N/mm, while the range for the equivalent
damping coefficient is 0-165 Ns/mm. Remembering that the metal-elastic case was tested
at 0.25 Amp increments, there are nine current settings with unique marker and line
combinations as depicted in the legend. Five current settings then exist for the elastic case
results.
For determining the increase in stiffness magnitude due to an applied magnetic field,
a stiffness magnitude evaluation quotient is used. The stiffness evaluation quotient is
calculated as
35 35
00 0
. . 35
00
1 1| | / | | /
1 | | /
f fAmp Ampf f
S M
f Ampf
F X F XN N
UF X
N
= =
=
⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤−⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦=
⎡ ⎤⎣ ⎦
∑ ∑
∑ (4.11)
where |F|/X is the stiffness magnitude, f is the frequency, and Amp is the current setting.
This evaluation is similar to an output gain produced by increased magnetic field, but the
stiffness magnitude results are summed and averaged across the range of frequencies.
Therefore, equation (4.11) takes into account the envelope of the stiffness magnitude over
all frequencies when altered by an applied current. Additionally, the equivalent damping
evaluation quotient is calculated in the same manner as equation (4.11) by replacing the
85
stiffness magnitude with the equivalent damping values. Using the evaluation quotients, a
nominal gain in the measured result can be associated to the applied current.
The stiffness magnitude for MR fluid-elastic 1 is presented in Figure 4-11a. The
obvious result is a drastic increase in stiffness magnitude or |F|/X with applied current.
More notable is that the increase in stiffness is steadily increasing per current setting
which suggests the fluid could tolerate a higher level of magnetic flux density. The
stiffness evaluation quotient increased 78% at a 2 Amp current setting in MRE 1 above
the 0 Amp current setting. Concurrently, the equivalent damping for MRE 1 is plotted in
Figure 4-11b. The damping also increased with added current, but on a larger scale than
the stiffness magnitude. The result from 2 Amp current is more than 500% in the
equivalent damping evaluation quotient which shows that the mount has a high capacity
for damping. The damping, however, occurs mainly at low frequency inputs.
Furthermore, the trend of the damping is exponentially decaying with increased
frequency.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,0.00-AMRE 1,|F|/X,0.25-AMRE 1,|F|/X,0.50-AMRE 1,|F|/X,0.75-AMRE 1,|F|/X,1.00-AMRE 1,|F|/X,1.25-AMRE 1,|F|/X,1.50-AMRE 1,|F|/X,1.75-AMRE 1,|F|/X,2.00-A
Figure 4-11: (continue) (a)
86
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 1,Ceq,0.25-AMRE 1,Ceq,0.50-AMRE 1,Ceq,0.75-AMRE 1,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 1,Ceq,1.25-AMRE 1,Ceq,1.50-AMRE 1,Ceq,1.75-AMRE 1,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-11: MR fluid-elastic 1 mount (MRF-145) (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained from analysis.
The stiffness magnitude for MR fluid-elastic 2 is presented in Figure 4-12a. The
stiffness evaluation quotient for MRE 2 increases by 57% when the current is set to 2
Amps. The equivalent damping for MRE 2 is plotted in Figure 4-12b. The quotient
increase in the damping for MRE 2 is also significant at 430% when the current is set to 2
Amps. Therefore, the same statements can be made about this mount as were made for
MRE 1.
(b)
87
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 2,|F|/X,0.00-AMRE 2,|F|/X,0.25-AMRE 2,|F|/X,0.50-AMRE 2,|F|/X,0.75-AMRE 2,|F|/X,1.00-AMRE 2,|F|/X,1.25-AMRE 2,|F|/X,1.50-AMRE 2,|F|/X,1.75-AMRE 2,|F|/X,2.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 2,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 2,Ceq,0.25-AMRE 2,Ceq,0.50-AMRE 2,Ceq,0.75-AMRE 2,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 2,Ceq,1.25-AMRE 2,Ceq,1.50-AMRE 2,Ceq,1.75-AMRE 2,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-12: MR fluid-elastic 2 mount (MRF-145) (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained from analysis.
Moving to the last of the fluid filled metal-elastics, the stiffness magnitude and
damping for MR fluid-elastic 3 is presented in Figure 4-13a and b, respectively. The
(a)
(b)
88
stiffness magnitude for MRE 3, as expected, was less than the other two fluid filled
mounts and had a stiffness evaluation quotient of 46%. As disappointing as this may be in
regards to the other MR fluid-elastic mounts, the stiffness is still very appreciable. The
damping evaluation quotient in this mount increased to 170% as the current was set to 2.0
Amp. As mentioned earlier in the quasi-static results, MRE 3 may have been less efficient
due to a higher profile of primer and polyurethane on the face of the pole plate.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 3,|F|/X,0.00-AMRE 3,|F|/X,0.25-AMRE 3,|F|/X,0.50-AMRE 3,|F|/X,0.75-AMRE 3,|F|/X,1.00-AMRE 3,|F|/X,1.25-AMRE 3,|F|/X,1.50-AMRE 3,|F|/X,1.75-AMRE 3,|F|/X,2.00-A
Figure 4-13: (continue)
(a)
89
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 3,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 3,Ceq,0.25-AMRE 3,Ceq,0.50-AMRE 3,Ceq,0.75-AMRE 3,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 3,Ceq,1.25-AMRE 3,Ceq,1.50-AMRE 3,Ceq,1.75-AMRE 3,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-13: MR fluid-elastic 3 mount (MRF-145) (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained from analysis.
The last metal-elastic case mount up for discussion is MRE 3B. With no fluid, this
mount preformed passively as seen in Figure 4-14. Therefore, the only conclusions to be
made are that the metal-elastic case has no significant impacts on the mount during
magnetic activation. The case design itself, however, contributes 10 Ns/mm of damping
at 1 Hz and approximately 700 N/mm of stiffness magnitude at all frequencies to the
results of MR fluid-elastic 3 filled with fluid.
(b)
90
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 3B,|F|/X,0.00-AMRE 3B,|F|/X,0.25-AMRE 3B,|F|/X,0.50-AMRE 3B,|F|/X,0.75-AMRE 3B,|F|/X,1.00-AMRE 3B,|F|/X,1.25-AMRE 3B,|F|/X,1.50-AMRE 3B,|F|/X,1.75-AMRE 3B,|F|/X,2.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 3B,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 3B,Ceq,0.25-AMRE 3B,Ceq,0.50-AMRE 3B,Ceq,0.75-AMRE 3B,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 3B,Ceq,1.25-AMRE 3B,Ceq,1.50-AMRE 3B,Ceq,1.75-AMRE 3B,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-14: Blank metal-elastic case MRE 3B (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained from analysis.
(b)
(a)
91
For further presentation, the stiffness magnitude results from the force-amplitude
analysis are tabulated in Table 4-3. These results are limited to the metal-elastic case and
show MR fluid-elastic 1, MR fluid-elastic 2, MR fluid-elastic 3, and the empty metal-
elastic case (MRE 3B). All nine current settings are represented in rows and the stiffness
magnitude value is beneath the associated frequency. MRE 1 stiffness magnitude values
are marginally lower than MRE 2. The stiffness magnitude values do decrease at higher
frequency and this primarily the result of the damping element decreasing in the MR fluid
as discussed next.
Table 4-3: Stiffness magnitude of metal-elastic case mounts at all current settings.
92
In addition to the stiffness magnitude, the equivalent damping coefficient is tabulated
in Table 4-4. Upon inspection of the table, the subsequent rows represent the applied
current and the columns represent the harmonic input frequency. The most damping
occurs at 1 Hz for each mount and the values are very similar for MR fluid-elastic 1 and
MR fluid-elastic 2. The large drop in damping at high frequency suggests that the loading
and unloading cycles are converging. This convergence may indicate that the ferrous
particles in the MR fluid are no longer being repositioned into columnar structures and
that the displacement input is being transferred primarily through elastic casing of the
mount. Therefore, the reduction in damping impacts the overall stiffness magnitude of the
MR fluid-elastic mounts.
Table 4-4: Equivalent damping in metal-elastic case mounts at all currents.
93
In summary, MR fluid-elastic 1 and MR fluid-elastic 2 are very similar. The
stiffness evaluation quotient for MRE 1 was 78% and the damping evaluation quotient
was 500%. The stiffness evaluation quotient for MRE 2 was 57% and the damping
evaluation quotient was 430%. The stiffness evaluation quotient for MR fluid-elastic 3
was 46% and the damping evaluation quotient was 170%. Therefore, each fluid filled MR
fluid-elastic mount showed large scale increases in stiffness magnitude values. The
equivalent damping values, however, decayed as the input frequency increased. This
decay was seen in the stiffness magnitude values. Nonetheless, the results are conclusive
that an applied magnetic field to the MR fluid is able to change the stiffness magnitude in
this mount configuration.
4.2.2 Passive Elastic Parameters
This section is directed to comparing the elastic case mount. The results are utilized from
the force-displacement method for the equivalent damping and from the force-amplitude
method for the stiffness magnitude.
The stiffness magnitude for the elastic mount with air insert is plotted in Figure
4-15a. The frequency for the air mount was only tested at 1-10, 20, and 30 Hz.
Nonetheless, this empty elastic cavity shows that no impending force is added with the
magnetic field. Additionally, the equivalent damping plotted in Figure 4-15b does not
show any change with the applied field. Of course, this style mount has a high reluctance
for the magnetic flux density to pass and is relatively compliant with a stiffness of 500
N/mm and the damping maximum of 4 Ns/mm. Moreover, the elastic air insert mount’s
average stiffness is only 200 N/mm softer than the metal-elastic case mount.
94
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
AIR,|F|/X,0.00-AAIR,|F|/X,0.50-AAIR,|F|/X,1.00-AAIR,|F|/X,1.50-AAIR,|F|/X,2.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
AIR,Ceq,0.00-AAIR,Ceq,0.50-AAIR,Ceq,1.00-AAIR,Ceq,1.50-AAIR,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-15: Passive mount with air insert (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained from analysis.
(b)
(a)
95
The solid rubber mount results are plotted in Figure 4-16. The stiffness for RUB, as
in Figure 4-16a, remained consistent around 2300 N/mm. The damping showed a slight
decay from 20 Ns/mm as seen in Figure 4-16b. As mentioned earlier, this mount is
representative of a bottom boundary for the comparative study with the metal-elastic case
mounts. A slightly higher durometer elastomer, however, would make for a better
comparison to the off-state MR fluid-elastic mounts.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
RUB,|F|/X,0.00-ARUB,|F|/X,0.50-ARUB,|F|/X,1.00-ARUB,|F|/X,1.50-ARUB,|F|/X,2.00-A
Figure 4-16: (continue) (a)
96
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
RUB,Ceq,0.00-ARUB,Ceq,0.50-ARUB,Ceq,1.00-ARUB,Ceq,1.50-ARUB,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-16: Passive mount with 30 D rubber insert (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained from analysis.
As you may recall, the steel mount with a 1018-steel insert was built to see if an
effect from the material property would be present in the magnetic field. Figure 4-17a
plots the stiffness magnitude and does not show any appreciable change due to the applied
magnetic field. The stiffness does vary slightly, but stays near 4900 N/mm. The damping
as seen in Figure 4-17b is not altered by the magnetic field and exhibits an exponential
decay which starts around 60 N/mm. Therefore, the use of a steel insert can only be used
as an upper bound in comparison to the MR fluid-elastic mounts and that magnetic flux
does not alter stiffness.
(b)
97
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
STE,|F|/X,0.00-ASTE,|F|/X,0.50-ASTE,|F|/X,1.00-ASTE,|F|/X,1.50-ASTE,|F|/X,2.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
STE,Ceq,0.00-ASTE,Ceq,0.50-ASTE,Ceq,1.00-ASTE,Ceq,1.50-ASTE,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-17: Passive mount with 1018 steel insert (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained from analysis.
(b)
(a)
98
Moreover, the aluminum insert mount, which is non-magnetic, was built to counter
the assertion that a magnetic insert material property would have a presence in the
magnetic field. The stiffness magnitude plotted in Figure 4-18a for the aluminum insert
mount, however, shows that the aluminum mount is very similar to the STE mount with a
stiffness of approximately 5000 N/mm. Additionally, the damping is plotted in Figure
4-18b and has an exponential decay trend that starts around 60 Ns/mm. Therefore, the
behavior of either the ALU or STE mount can be used as an upper bound for the MRE
mounts.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
ALU,|F|/X,0.00-AALU,|F|/X,0.50-AALU,|F|/X,1.00-AALU,|F|/X,1.50-AALU,|F|/X,2.00-A
Figure 4-18: (continue) (a)
99
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
ALU,Ceq,0.00-AALU,Ceq,0.50-AALU,Ceq,1.00-AALU,Ceq,1.50-AALU,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-18: Passive mount with 6061 aluminum insert (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained from analysis.
With the passive isolators plotted, the stiffness results are then tabulated for all
currents in Table 4-5. At most, the elastic material can be shown to have a stiffness of
approximately 2000 N/mm for the rubber mount. With a solid insert, the elastic
compressive strength is greatly affected and more than doubles to approximately 5000
N/mm. Therefore, the aluminum or steel mount can be set as the upper bound for the
overall stiffness comparisons. On the other hand, the rubber mount can be used as a lower
bound for the overall stiffness comparisons.
(b)
100
Table 4-5: Stiffness magnitude results for passive elastic case mounts air, rubber, steel and aluminum at all current settings.
The damping is presented in Table 4-6 for the passive mounts for each current setting.
The rubber mount has a damping value of approximately 20 Ns/mm at the 1 Hz frequency
which is similar in value to the off-state MR fluid metal-elastic case. The damping in the
empty elastic case was lower than the empty metal-elastic case at approximately 4 Ns/mm
at 1 Hz. With the steel metal insert, the damping achieved a high of 63.6 Ns/mm at 1 Hz,
but remained comparable to the aluminum mount.
101
Table 4-6: Equivalent damping results for passive elastic case mount air, rubber, steel and aluminum at all current settings.
In summary, the passive isolator results have been presented for both stiffness
magnitude and equivalent damping. The stiffness magnitude of the rubber mount was
shown to make a good candidate for the lower bound in the stiffness comparisons to
follow. Additionally, the steel and aluminum insert mount had a stiffness of
approximately 5000 N/mm and can be used as an upper bound in the comparative study.
102
4.2.3 Discrete Comparison of Stiffness Magnitude
This section compares the stiffness magnitude of the MR fluid-elastic mount to each
passive mount. After the stiffness magnitude comparisons, the extracted damping for the
MR fluid-elastic mount is compared to the damping of the passive mounts. Since the
stiffness magnitude takes into account all the dynamic elements of the mount, these
comparisons are not representing the actual stiffness element of the mount.
The first comparison looks at the empty metal-elastic case and the empty elastic case
as seen in Figure 4-19a and b with the current at 0 and 2 Amps. The metal-elastic case
has a similar stiffness magnitude to the elastic case which suggests the sidewall of both
cases have similar attributes. Moreover, a MR fluid-elastic mount almost triples the
stiffness magnitude of the metal-elastic case as seen in Figure 4-20a at 0 Amps. After the
current is increased to 2 Amps, the MR fluid-elastic mount stiffness magnitude has
increased substantially compared to the empty metal-elastic case as seen in Figure 4-20b.
Next, the MR fluid-elastic mount stiffness magnitude is compared to the solid elastic
case mount in Figure 4-21a and b. This comparison shows the MR fluid-elastic mount to
have a similar result to the passive solid elastic case mount when the current supply is
zero. Activating the coil with 2 Amps of current, however, dramatically increases the
stiffness magnitude of the MR fluid-elastic mount and is no longer comparable to the
passive solid elastic mount. Keeping the coil energized with 2 Amps of current, the MR
fluid-elastic mount does become comparable to an elastic casing with a metal insert as
seen in Figure 4-22b or Figure 4-23b. Therefore, the stiffness magnitude of the metal-
elastic case shows a large MR effect when filled with MRF-145 fluid and activated over 2
Amps. This activation allows the MR fluid-elastic mount to have a broad range of
stiffness magnitudes as seen in the stiffness magnitude figures.
With the comparison of the stiffness magnitude completed for an MR fluid-elastic
mount, the damping is compared. In Figure 4-24, the damping for the empty metal-elastic
case is compared to the damping in the empty elastic case. The damping in the empty
cases is not altered by an applied magnetic field. The damping in both casing styles is
similar. The damping is slightly increased by adding the pole plates to the mount.
Moreover, adding MRF-145 fluid to the metal-elastic case increases the damping at 1 Hz
from 9 Ns/mm to 26 Ns/mm as seen in Figure 4-25a.
103
Furthermore, the equivalent damping values at high frequency suddenly drop which is
most likely due to the fast displacement input bypassing the fluid cavity and going
through the sidewalls of the elastic region of the case. For clarity, as the MR fluid is
placed in squeeze mode, the agglomeration of the ferrous iron particles at low frequency
causes the large hysteresis in the unloading cycle. This unloading may be thought of as
pulling on a loose column of the ferrous iron particles. With increased frequency, the iron
particles are not restored into a respective column in the applied magnetic field.
Therefore, the loading cycle does not compress on the iron particles in the fluid, which
becomes similar to the unloading cycle and less energy is dissipated by the MR fluid.
Next, the damping of the MR fluid-elastic mount is compared to the damping of the
solid elastic case as seen in Figure 4-26a and b. At zero current the MR fluid-elastic
mount has a damping value similar to the solid elastic case, but when the current is
increased to 2 Amps there is no similarity. The MR fluid-elastic mount has more than
twice the damping of the elastic mounts with metal inserts when the coil is supplied with 2
Amps of current as seen in Figure 4-27b and Figure 4-28b. Therefore, the MR fluid-
elastic mount has a large capacity for damping at low frequency which ranges from 30-
160 Ns/mm with an applied magnetic field. An additional benefit is that damping decays
at high frequency which would make the MR fluid-elastic mount suitable as an absorber
where low damping is desired.
104
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 3B,|F|/X,0.0AmpAIR,|F|/X,0.0Amp
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 3B,|F|/X,2.0AmpAIR,|F|/X,2.0Amp
Figure 4-19: Comparing stiffness magnitude of a metal-elastic case (MRE 3B) to an elastic case (AIR) mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
105
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,0.0AmpMRE 3B,|F|/X,0.0Amp
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,2.0AmpMRE 3B,|F|/X,2.0Amp
Figure 4-20: Comparing stiffness magnitude of a metal-elastic case (MRE 3B) to a MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
106
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,0.0AmpRUB,|F|/X,0.0Amp
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,2.0AmpRUB,|F|/X,2.0Amp
Figure 4-21: Comparing stiffness magnitude of a solid elastic case (RUB) to a MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
107
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,0.0AmpSTE,|F|/X,0.0Amp
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,2.0AmpSTE,|F|/X,2.0Amp
Figure 4-22: Comparing stiffness magnitude of an elastic case with steel insert (STE) to a MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
108
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,0.0AmpALU,|F|/X,0.0Amp
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,2.0AmpALU,|F|/X,2.0Amp
Figure 4-23: Comparing stiffness magnitude of an elastic case with aluminum insert (ALU) to a MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
109
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 3B,Ceq,0.00-AAIR,Ceq,0.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 3B,Ceq,2.00-AAIR,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-24: Comparing damping of a metal-elastic case (MRE 3B) to an elastic case (AIR) mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
110
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 3B,Ceq,0.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,2.00-AMRE 3B,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-25: Comparing damping of a metal-elastic case (MRE 3B) to a MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
111
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,0.00-ARUB,Ceq,0.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,2.00-ARUB,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-26: Comparing damping of a solid elastic case (RUB) to a MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
112
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,0.00-ASTE,Ceq,0.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,2.00-ASTE,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-27: Comparing damping of an elastic case with steel insert (STE) to a MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
113
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,0.00-AALU,Ceq,0.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,2.00-AALU,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-28: Comparing damping of an elastic case with aluminum insert (ALU) to a MR fluid-elastic mount at (a) 0 Amps and (b) 2 Amps of current.
(a)
(b)
114
4.2.4 Mount Comparison
As this may be questioned, comparing the two styles of mount casing is inconsistent but
does shed light on the overall impact of activating the MR fluid within the metal-elastic
case. The main goal of this comparative study, however, is to organize the MR fluid-
elastic mounts for likeliness with passive mounts. Therefore, this section presents a
comparison of the elastic and metal-elastic case mounts and provides a further qualitative
analysis of the significance of activating MR fluid within the metal-elastic casing.
Continuing from the discrete comparisons, the metal-elastic case mount results are
plotted with the elastic case mounts at 0.0 Amp in Figure 4-29a and b for stiffness and
damping, respectively. At 0.0 Amp the MRE mounts all have a similar profile with MRE
2 showing the most stiffness (left). The damping as seen in Figure 4-29b is quite the
opposite since MRE 3 has higher damping than MRE 1 and 2 at 0.0 Amp.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,0.0AmpMRE 2,|F|/X,0.0AmpMRE 3,|F|/X,0.0AmpMRE 3B,|F|/X,0.0AmpAIR,|F|/X,0.0AmpRUB,|F|/X,0.0AmpSTE,|F|/X,0.0AmpALU,|F|/X,0.0Amp
Figure 4-29: (continue)
(a)
115
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 2,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 3,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 3B,Ceq,0.00-AAIR,Ceq,0.00-ARUB,Ceq,0.00-ASTE,Ceq,0.00-AALU,Ceq,0.00-A
Figure 4-29: Comparative (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained at 0.00-Amps from force-amplitude and force-displacement analysis, respectively.
Previously, the stiffness magnitude of MRE 3B in Figure 4-29a, an empty metal-
elastic case is relatively similar to the empty elastic case of AIR and provides some
consistency for the cross-comparative study of the casings. More still, the MR fluid-
elastic mounts at the 0.0 Amp setting are close to a solid rubber mount in both stiffness
magnitude and damping. So, with no magnetic field intensity, the behavior of the MR
fluid-elastic mount is comparable with that of the rubber elastic mount. The significance
here is that in application the MR fluid-elastic mount would by very similar to a solid
rubber mount given that the cofigurations were consistent. A higher durometer rating for
the rubber, however, would have more similarity.
As the current is increased to 1.00 Amp, the mount stiffness and damping results are
then configured in Figure 4-30a and b, respectively. By this current, the damping of the
MR fluid-elastic mounts has increased significantly, but almost at the same rate. Within
the stiffness magnitude range, MRE 1 and MRE 2 have started to leave MRE 3 behind
(b)
116
showing that the three mounts have slight variation in stiffness build. As a whole, MRE
1 and 2 have started to approach the stiffness magnitude of the solid metal insert mounts.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,1.0AmpMRE 2,|F|/X,1.0AmpMRE 3,|F|/X,1.0AmpMRE 3B,|F|/X,1.0AmpAIR,|F|/X,1.0AmpRUB,|F|/X,1.0AmpSTE,|F|/X,1.0AmpALU,|F|/X,1.0Amp
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 2,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 3,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 3B,Ceq,1.00-AAIR,Ceq,1.00-ARUB,Ceq,1.00-ASTE,Ceq,1.00-AALU,Ceq,1.00-A
Figure 4-30: Comparative (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained at 1.00-Amps from force-amplitude and force-displacement analysis, respectively.
(b)
(a)
117
Presenting the final current of 2.0 Amp, the mount stiffness magnitude and damping
are plotted in Figure 4-31a and b, respectively. At lower frequency, MR fluid-elastic 1
and MR fluid-elastic 2 have increased in stiffness magnitude at nearly the same rate. The
damping increase for MRE 1 and MRE 2 was also similar. As for the boundary, MRE 1
and MRE 2 produced more stiffness magnitude than the solid metal insert in the elastic
case mount at low frequency. The significance of this increase, qualitatively, is that fluid
region has been energized to practically a solid. With increased frequency the MR fluid-
elastic mount has become compliant as noted by the continued drop in stiffness
magnitude. Thus with the dial of current supply, an MR fluid-elastic mount is as rigid as
an elastic mount with a steel insert at low frequency. This adjustability signifies that an
MR fluid-elastic mount has a large range of both stiffness and damping characteristics
which would be desirable in many oscillatory devices that operate at various speeds.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,2.0AmpMRE 2,|F|/X,2.0AmpMRE 3,|F|/X,2.0AmpMRE 3B,|F|/X,2.0AmpAIR,|F|/X,2.0AmpRUB,|F|/X,2.0AmpSTE,|F|/X,2.0AmpALU,|F|/X,2.0Amp
Figure 4-31: (continue)
(a)
118
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
Frequency, Hz
Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,2.00-AMRE 2,Ceq,2.00-AMRE 3,Ceq,2.00-AMRE 3B,Ceq,2.00-AAIR,Ceq,2.00-ARUB,Ceq,2.00-ASTE,Ceq,2.00-AALU,Ceq,2.00-A
Figure 4-31: Comparative (a) stiffness |F|/X, and (b) damping Ceq results obtained at 2.00-Amps from force-amplitude and force-displacement analysis, respectively.
Further mount comparison is implemented by tabulating the stiffness magnitude in
Table 4-7. Herein, this table shows the stiffness magnitude results from 0.00, 1.00, and
2.00 Amp current supply. MR fluid-elastic 1 and MR fluid-elastic 3 have similar
stiffness magnitude values at 0.00 Amp with MR fluid-elastic 2 having the higher stiffness
magnitude. At 1.00 and 2.00 Amp, however, MRE 1 and MRE 2 have a comparable
stiffness magnitude. The variation between MRE 3 and the other MR fluid-elastic mounts
shows that a fabrication error resulted and caused the discrepancy. Nonetheless, the
mount and magnetic system design has accomplished a priority objective in light that a
tunable dynamic stiffness characteristic is present as a function of the magnetic field
intensity. Additionally, the MRE’s show controllable behavior and symmetry to the
applied magnetic field in stiffness magnitude with incremental current.
(b)
119
Table 4-7: Stiffness magnitude comparison for MR fluid-elastic and passive mounts at settings of 0.00, 1.00, 2.00 Amp
For a final comparison, the damping from the force-displacement analysis is
presented in Table 4-8. The aluminum and steel insert mounts have approximately the
same damping across the board. Initially, MR fluid-elastic 1 and MR fluid-elastic 2 have
comparable damping which is slightly higher than a solid rubber mount. As the current is
increased, MRE 1 and MRE 2 show very high damping at just 1 Amp in comparison to
the solid metal insert mounts. This increased damping suggests that an MRE mount has a
tunable damping element at low frequency. At high frequency, however, the damping
decays. These damping features would allow the MR fluid-elastic mount to be a useful
isolator across a wide frequency band.
120
Table 4-8: Equivalent damping comparison for MR fluid-elastic and passive mounts at settings of 0.0, 1.0, and 2.0 Amp
In summary, the fabrication, and testing of MR fluid-elastic 1 and MR fluid-elastic 2
has shown that repeatability within results can be achieved. Additionally, all the MR
fluid-elastic mounts have shown stiffness magnitude and damping controllability with the
applied magnetic field. A comparison between the stiffness magnitudes showed that at
0.0 Amp an MRE behaves like a solid rubber mount and at 2.0 Amps an MRE behaves
like a solid metal insert mount. This validated the mounts adaptability across a lower and
upper boundary with the turn of a current dial. Furthermore, the damping or the stiffness
magnitude of the MRE’s has consistent controllability making this mount and magnetic
system design useful to a broad range of disturbance inputs.
121
4.3 Discussions
In this chapter, a parametric analysis and comparison was undertaken. The methodology
used to process the quasi-static results was derived from a linear force-displacement
plotting method. This method was then applied to the dynamic testing data to extract the
stiffness magnitude. Furthermore, the force-displacement method provided the energy
dissipated which was used to determine an equivalent damping coefficient.
After using the force-displacement method, an amplitude method was employed to
extract the magnitude of the force and displacement. This force and displacement was
then converted into a stiffness magnitude. Upon evaluation of both methods for collecting
the stiffness and stiffness magnitude, the force-amplitude method was found to have less
error than the force-displacement method. Therefore, the stiffness magnitude from the
force-amplitude method was plotted in the frequency domain for presenting the results.
Within the results section, each mount was then analyzed in an independent
presentation. MR fluid-elastic 1, 2, and 3 mounts from 0 to 2.0 Amp showed significant
stiffness magnitude increases in the evaluation quotient at 78%, 57% and 46%,
respectively. Additionally, the equivalent damping of the MR fluid-elastic case mounts
showed even greater increases in the damping evaluation quotient at 500%, 430%, and
170%. Therefore, the results proved the validity of the design and the magnetic circuitry.
During the discrete comparisons, the MR fluid-elastic mount damping values were
explained in detail. This explanation of damping suggested that at higher frequencies the
MR fluid was being bypassed due to the agglomeration of the ferrous iron particles in the
fluid and that the loading cycle and unloading cycle had more similarity. Moreover at
high frequency, the energy being dissipated was less dependent on the ferrous iron
particles in the MR fluid and more dependent on the elastic sidewall of the mount.
For understanding the range of the stiffness magnitude in an MR fluid-elastic mount,
four passive isolator results were compared to the MR fluid-elastic mounts. This
comparison shed light on how the stiffness being altered in the MRE can be related to
different passive mounts. The results processed from the passive isolators weighted the
aluminum and steel insert mount as an upper boundary, and the rubber mount was used as
a lower boundary. At 0.0 Amp, the MR fluid-elastic mounts had a stiffness magnitude
comparable to the rubber mount which has a solid construction of polyurethane. At 2.0
122
Amp, however, MRE 1 and MRE 2 exceeded the stiffness magnitude for the steel insert
mount at low frequency. Therefore, this comparison provided a qualitative tool for
understanding the range available for an MR fluid-elastic mount to be altered across.
123
5. MR Fluid Elastic Mount Modeling and Characterization
This chapter presents a preliminary model for the isolator system. The first section
derives a basic isolator transmissibility ratio and shows a non-parametric stiffness
magnitude model for the metal-elastic case. A proposed transmissibility relationship is
then shown for using the MRE as an isolator. After validation of the non-parametric
model, a comparative study is undertaken for the nominal transfer function parameters.
The basis for pursing a model is to extract the isolator’s dependency on current. This
current dependency for the model parameters could be evaluated by a control policy to
select a current setting which would give the desired attenuation if used as a semi-active
isolator. More importantly, the transfer function is devised to have a plug-in capability
within a system specific derivation of force transmissibility as demonstrated [56].
Furthermore, an exponential model is used to represent the dynamic damping of the
MR fluid-elastic mounts as a function of applied current and frequency. This approach
uses the trend of the results to form an exponential damping model.
5.1 Non-Parametric Modeling Approach
This section uses the techniques as mentioned in Chapter 2 for devising a transfer function
for the force-amplitude stiffness results. Additionally, this section discusses the
transmissibility ratio and later proposes a model for the transmissibility ratio of MR fluid-
elastic mounts in this study. Nominal parameters for the transfer function are found using
a nonlinear optimizer in Matlab.
5.1.1 MR Fluid Metal-Elastic Mount Modeling
Herein, a transfer function for the stiffness magnitude of the MR fluid-elastic mount is
presented and converted into a transmissibility ratio. A model for a basic oscillatory
imbalanced mass on an isolator with a spring and damper element is used to generate a
generic transmissibility ratio.
Since machinery can typically generate oscillatory forces F0 at the speed of operation
ω, the use of an isolation device can reduce the force transmitted to the platform FT. The
force generated by the machinery and the force transmitted to the foundation define the
ratio of transmissibility TR as
124
0
TFTRF
= (5.1)
With the ratio of transmissibility defined as a target reduction, the force generated by
an oscillatory input is
0 ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )eqf t Mx t c x t kx t= + + (5.2)
where M is the mass of the machine, ceq is the equivalent damping, and k is the stiffness.
Similarly, the force transmitted across most linear elastic isolators [44,56] has the
equation of motion as
( ) ( ) ( )T eqf t c x t kx t= + (5.3)
Upon conversion to the Laplace domain, the force transmitted F(s) and input X(s) transfer
function is
( )( ) eq
F s c s kX s
= + (5.4)
Furthermore, the equation of motion for the complete system has a relationship of output
X(s) to input F0(s) which is combined with equation (5.4) to define the transmissibility as
0 0
( ) ( ) ( )( ) ( ) ( )
F s X s F sTRX s F s F s
= ⋅ = (5.5)
Building on the aforementioned approach, the transfer function for modeling the
metal-elastic case mount is
( ) | |( )MRE
Num s FTF KDen s X
= = (5.6)
where |F|/X is the stiffness magnitude determined in Chapter 4. The transfer function
selected for this model is determined by the stiffness magnitude results of the MR fluid-
elastic mount. Each mount showed characteristics of two poles and two zeros as
illustrated in Figure 5-1 where the initial ramp is dominated by a zero and stopped by a
pole while another pole declines the response until the final zero levels out the response.
Therefore, the proposed transfer function is
2 2
2 2
22
n nMRE
s sTF Ks s
ζω ωαβ β
+ ⋅ +=
+ ⋅ + (5.7)
where K is the gain, ζ is the nominal zero damping ratio, ωn is the nominal zero frequency,
α is the nominal pole damping ratio, and β is the nominal pole frequency. This
125
nomenclature was selected since the variables are located in the quadratic numerator and
denominator like a standard second-order characteristic equation. Therefore, when
discussing the nominal parameters it becomes easier to associate with the non-parametric
transfer function.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 353500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s M
agni
tude
, N/m
m
MRE 1,|F|/X,2.0Amp
Figure 5-1: Selecting a transfer function to model the stiffness magnitude in the frequency domain.
If the machine being isolated was configured with the MR fluid-elastic mount, then a
proposed transmissibility relationship would be
2 2
2 2
2 22
2 2
22( )
22
n n
n n
s sKs sTR s
s sMs Ks s
ζω ωαβ β
ζω ωαβ β
+ ⋅ ++ ⋅ +=
+ ⋅ ++
+ ⋅ +
(5.8)
where M is the mass of the machine. The damping and stiffness terms from equation (5.4)
have been equated to the proposed transfer function TFMRE in equation (5.7) in a black
box approach. Therefore, the transmitted force prior to taking the magnitude would be
Zero
Pole
126
2 2
2 2
0 2 22
2 2
22
22
n n
Tn n
s sKs sF F
s sMs Ks s
ζω ωαβ β
ζω ωαβ β
+ ⋅ ++ ⋅ +=
+ ⋅ ++
+ ⋅ +
(5.9)
where F0 is the imbalance force magnitude. In theory, after determining the nominal
parameters in terms of current for the transfer function and with an appropriate machine
specification, a control strategy could be applied to minimize the transmitted force by
selecting a current.
5.1.2 Nominal Parameter Results and Comparison
This section discusses the methods used to process the nominal parameters for the
proposed transfer function model TFMRE of the stiffness magnitude. After those
techniques have been introduced, the nominal parameter results are compared for MRE 1,
MRE 2, and MRE 3.
Finding the nominal parameters of the model in equation (5.7) requires the cost
function
| |FJ norm TFX
⎡ ⎤= −⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎦ (5.10)
where the difference between the model and the stiffness magnitude are normalized. The
choice function for minimizing the cost function at each current is fminsearch.m, a
nonlinear optimization technique in Matlab, see Appendix C. The initial guesses for the
nominal parameters require iterations before the minimization function provides sufficient
convergence. The resulting nominal parameters are shown in Table B-9 in Appendix B.
First presented is the parameter for the gain K of the transfer function as seen in
Figure 5-2. As the current is increased from 0-2.0 Amp, the gain has an upward trend for
MRE 1, MRE 2, and MRE 3. For all intents and purposes, the gain is quasi-linear and a
gain model as a function of current I can be used to eliminate the gain variable in equation
(5.7). Thus, a linear model for the gain with dependency on current is fitted to the
nominal parameters as follows:
MRE 1, 824.7 2570;MRE 2, 586.4 3060;MRE 3, 453.3 2514;
I
I
I
K IK IK I
= ⋅ += ⋅ += ⋅ +
(5.11)
127
Although, the purpose here is to generalize the nominal parameter with an acceptable
model, a more complicated model may be used to yield a better degree of accuracy for the
gain KI.
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 20
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Current, A
Gai
n, K
MRE 1MRE 2MRE 3
Figure 5-2: Nominal gain, K, as a function of current for each MR fluid-elastic mount.
Next, the nominal damping ratios of the zero ζ and pole α are plotted in Figure 5-3a,
and b, respectively. The damping ratios increase with applied current and other than a
couple of outliers, are symmetric. Therefore, a simple linear model is fit to the damping
ratio parameters for ζ and α as a function of current as follows:
MRE 1, 0.8315 1.257; 0.3394 1.480;MRE 2, 0.8153 1.609; 0.2593 1.559;MRE 3, 0.6154 1.812; 0.2397 1.648;
I I
I I
I I
I II II I
ζ αζ αζ α
= ⋅ + = ⋅ += ⋅ + = ⋅ += ⋅ + = ⋅ +
(5.12)
As with the model for the gain, the damping ratio models can also be used in place of the
variables ζ and α. Moreover, the significance of the non-parametric nominal damping
128
parameters increasing with current is suggestive of increasing the parametric damping
within the isolator.
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 20
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
Current, A
Zero
-Dam
ping
Rat
io, ζ
MRE 1MRE 2MRE 3
Figure 5-3: (continue)
(a)
129
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 20
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
Current, A
Pol
e-D
ampi
ng R
atio
, α
MRE 1MRE 2MRE 3
Figure 5-3: Nominal (a) zero-damping ratio and (b) pole-damping ratio as a
function of current for each MR fluid-elastic mount
The nominal frequency is illustrated in Figure 5-4a and b for the zero ωn and pole β,
respectively. Unlike the damping ratios which increased with current, the non-parametric
core frequencies of the transfer function decline with current. This decline in frequency
for ωn and β is quasi-linear for all three MREs and is also modeled as a function of current
as follows:
,
,
,
MRE 1, 3.712 16.5; 3.518 16.7;MRE 2, 2.275 14.5; 2.107 15.0;MRE 3, 0.503 11.7; 0.169 12.6;
n I I
n I I
n I I
I II II I
ω β
ω β
ω β
= − ⋅ + = − ⋅ +
= − ⋅ + = − ⋅ +
= − ⋅ + = − ⋅ +
(5.13)
Since the squared frequency in a parametric view point is the ratio of stiffness to mass, a
putative claim can be made that the stiffness component of the transfer function decreases
with applied current.
(b)
130
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 20
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Current, A
Zero
-Fre
quen
cy, ω
n
MRE 1MRE 2MRE 3
Figure 5-4: (continue)
(a)
131
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 20
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Current, A
Pol
e-Fr
eque
ncy,
β
MRE 1MRE 2MRE 3
Figure 5-4: Nominal (a) zero-frequency and (b) pole-frequency as a function of current for each MR fluid-elastic mount model
With subsequent models for the nominal parameter variables of the transfer function
devised as a function of current, the transfer function can be reduced to a dependency of
current. This eliminates the need to keep track of the nominal parameters granted an
accurate nominal value model was found. For MR fluid-elastic 1, equations (5.11), (5.12),
and (5.13) are inserted in the transfer function of equation (5.7) to produce an
approximation transfer function for MRE 1 as
2 2
1 2 2
( 3.1) ( 6.2 ( 4.4) ( 1.5) 14 ( 4.4) )8252.4 ( 4.7) ( 4.4) 12 ( 4.7)MRE
I s I I s ITFs I I s I
+ ⋅ − ⋅ − ⋅ + ⋅ + ⋅ −= ⋅
− ⋅ − ⋅ + ⋅ + ⋅ − (5.14)
where I is the applied current. This approximation approach could also be used for MRE
2 and MRE 3. Although, this methodology for the transfer function is not as accurate as
using the nominal parameters found from the cost function, this method does reduce the
complexity and computation required to achieve a desirable transmissibility.
(b)
132
Furthermore, it is important to note that initial guesses played a substantial role in the
solution for the nominal parameters. Each parameter could be selected or made constant
and still give a desirable TFMRE. Therefore, investigation of the relationship between the
zero and pole for both nominal damping relationship and nominal frequency relationship
is used to substantiate this methodology.
5.1.3 Nominal Parameter Relationship
As aforementioned, the relationship of the zero and pole, dislodging the gain K, has more
significance than the value of the nominal parameters by themselves. Figure 5-5
illustrates the relationship for the damping ratio of ζ/α and is consistent with the earlier
discussion to show the relationship increasing linearly. This relationship was also used to
manually solve for the nominal damping ratios within an acceptable range as previously
shown in Figure 5-3. For protocol, this relationship is not used to generate any of the
simulation results.
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 20
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2
Current, A
Zero
/Pol
e D
ampi
ng R
atio
ζ/ α
MRE 1MRE 2MRE 3
Figure 5-5: Non-parametric damping ratio relationship, ζ/α, at each current setting for MR fluid-elastic mount models.
133
An additional relationship exists between the nominal frequency of the zero and pole,
but represented in a normalized stiffness form. The stiffness relationship is based on the
squared frequency
2 Z P
Z P
km
ω −
−
= (5.15)
where kZ-P is the nominal stiffness of either the zero or pole, and mZ-P is a normalized
mass. By alteration, the Zero/Pole stiffness relationship kR is defined as
2,2
n ZR
P
kωβ
= (5.16)
where nominal frequency parameters for the zero and pole are squared prior to division.
This Zero/Pole stiffness relationship is then illustrated in Figure 5-6 for each MRE. As
alluded to earlier, the stiffness relationship is linear and can also be used to manually
solve the nominal frequency parameters for the transfer function.
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 20
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2
Current, A
Zero
/Pol
e S
tiffn
ess
Rat
io, ω
2 n/ β2
MRE 1MRE 2MRE 3
Figure 5-6: Non-parametric stiffness ratio relationship, ωn2/β2, at each current
setting for MR fluid-elastic mount models.
134
5.2 Model Simulation and Comparison
This section presents the MR fluid-elastic mount simulation in conjunction with the
empirical stiffness results. Additionally, the error associated with the model is presented
last.
5.2.1 MR fluid Metal-Elastic Mount Simulation
Herein, the simulation for the metal-elastic case is produced from the nominal parameters
for the transfer function. Each plot contains both the empirical stiffness |F|/X and the
modeled stiffness TF. The axis is held constant for the domain with 0 to 35 Hz and for the
range with 2000 to 7,000 N/mm. To reduce congestion, current increments at 0.5 Amp
are illustrated. Additionally, the stiffness magnitude |F|/X is depicted with a colored
marker for each current while the model TF has a solid red line.
The nominal parameters from the system identification method found for MRE 1 are
now used to generate a simulation of the stiffness magnitude |F|/X. The frequencies are
loaded and the model is simulated for MRE 1 as seen in Figure 5-7. This comparison
shows that the model is valid for MRE 1 and sufficiently replicates the stiffness
magnitude results. At 0 Hz, the model is able to achieve the quasi-static stiffness and
from there increase to the stiffness magnitude at 1 Hz. Typically, 1 Hz is the largest
stiffness magnitude that the model achieves and from there the model decreases with the
slope of the stiffness data before following the plateau to 35 Hz.
135
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 352000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s, N
/mm
MRE 1,|F|/X,0.00-AMRE 1,TF,0.00-A
MRE 1,|F|/X,0.50-AMRE 1,TF,0.50-A
MRE 1,|F|/X,1.00-AMRE 1,TF,1.00-AMRE 1,|F|/X,1.50-A
MRE 1,TF,1.50-AMRE 1,|F|/X,2.00-AMRE 1,TF,2.00-A
Figure 5-7: Stiffness simulation results for MR fluid-elastic 1 mount at 0.5 Amp current increments.
Using the nominal parameters solved in the transfer function for MR fluid-elastic 2,
the model TF stiffness magnitude is found for each frequency in the specified range. As
shown in Figure 5-8, the simulation of the TF is able to reproduce the |F|/X values for
MRE 2. Therefore, the model is valid for representing the stiffness magnitude results
from MR fluid-elastic 2.
136
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 352000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s, N
/mm
MRE 2,|F|/X,0.00-AMRE 2,TF,0.00-A
MRE 2,|F|/X,0.50-AMRE 2,TF,0.50-A
MRE 2,|F|/X,1.00-AMRE 2,TF,1.00-AMRE 2,|F|/X,1.50-A
MRE 2,TF,1.50-AMRE 2,|F|/X,2.00-AMRE 2,TF,2.00-A
Figure 5-8: Stiffness simulation results for MR fluid-elastic 2 mount at 0.5 Amp current increments.
A final look at the usability of the TF model is shown for MR fluid-elastic 3 in Figure
5-9. The stiffness magnitude simulation was generated with the nominal parameters for
MRE 3 as listed in Table B-9. This mount, however, had lower achieved stiffness
magnitudes |F|/X, but the proposed model accurately predicted the stiffness magnitude for
each current at all input frequencies.
137
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 352000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
Frequency, Hz
Stif
fnes
s, N
/mm
MRE 3,|F|/X,0.00-AMRE 3,TF,0.00-A
MRE 3,|F|/X,0.50-AMRE 3,TF,0.50-A
MRE 3,|F|/X,1.00-AMRE 3,TF,1.00-AMRE 3,|F|/X,1.50-A
MRE 3,TF,1.50-AMRE 3,|F|/X,2.00-AMRE 3,TF,2.00-A
Figure 5-9: Stiffness simulation results for MR fluid-elastic 3 mount at all current settings.
In summary, this section presented the simulation of the proposed transfer function
for each MR fluid-elastic mount. The nominal parameters determined by the
fminsearch.m function in Matlab were used in each respective transfer function model.
The nominal parameters for the zeros and poles were iterated until a sufficient
convergence was achieved. The TF model with the appropriate nominal parameters
replicated the stiffness magnitude results without any visible problems. Therefore, the
usage of this transfer function for all MR fluid metal-elastic cases has been illustrated to
work sufficiently. Next, the error between the model and stiffness magnitude results is
compared to better support the use of the two zero and two pole transfer function model.
5.2.2 Model Error Evaluation
This section presents the error for the simulated model TF values and stiffness magnitude
|F|/X values. First, an equation for estimating the discrete error is devised and presented.
138
Next, the maximum discrete error that occurred as well as the average error is graphically
illustrated. Lastly, the discrete error residuals are plotted and discussed.
The discrete error is determined at each frequency within the model and then
standardized. The equation for this error is
100%f fError
f
y xTF abs
x⎛ ⎞−
= ⋅⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠
(5.17)
where yf is the simulated stiffness magnitude value, xf is the empirical stiffness magnitude
result, and f is the frequency. Additionally, the absolute value of all error points is
averaged which determines the mean error across all the frequencies at a specified current
setting. For comparison, the absolute error range is from 0 to 5% for each 0.25 Amp
current increment.
The maximum discrete error that occurred at each current is shown in Figure 5-10a, b,
and c when modeling the stiffness magnitude of the MR fluid-elastic mounts. The mean
error is below 2% when modeling the stiffness magnitude for MR fluid-elastic 1 and the
maximum error at a single frequency is 4.9%. The maximum error when modeling the
stiffness magnitude for MR fluid-elastic 2 is reduced to 4.6%. The maximum error when
modeling the stiffness magnitude for MR fluid-elastic 3 is further reduced to 3.3%.
Furthermore, the mean error is less than 2% when modeling the stiffness magnitude
results for the MR fluid-elastic mounts. Therefore, the transfer function accurately
models the stiffness magnitude results.
139
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00
Current, Amps
Erro
r, %
MRE 1 TF Max ErrorMRE 1 TF Mean Error
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00
Current, Amps
Erro
r, %
MRE 2 TF Max ErrorMRE 2 TF Mean Error
Figure 5-10: (continue)
(a)
(b)
140
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
0.00 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00
Current, Amps
Erro
r, %
MRE 3 TF Max ErrorMRE 3 TF Mean Error
Figure 5-10: Maximum and mean error for the transfer function when compared to the stiffness magnitude vales for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1, (b) MR fluid-elastic 2, and (c) MR fluid-elastic 3.
For thoroughness, the remainder of the model evaluation is now turned to plotting the
discrete error. The discrete error residuals for MR fluid-elastic 1, 2, and 3 are presented in
Figure 5-11a, b, and c, respectively. The error appears chaotic and therefore the TF model
can be deemed a suitable choice. If the error residuals were biased or showed a uniform
nonconvergence then it would be necessary to choose another model to represent the data.
Each error plot, however, has a similar trend and indicates that the stiffness magnitude
value is being missed consistently by the model for each mount. Nonetheless, the chaotic
nature of the error indicates that the two zero and two pole transfer function model is a
suitable choice for modeling the stiffness magnitude results of the MR fluid-elastic
mounts.
(c)
141
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
Frequency, Hz
Erro
r, %
MRE 1,TF-Error,0.00-AMRE 1,TF-Error,0.25-AMRE 1,TF-Error,0.50-AMRE 1,TF-Error,0.75-AMRE 1,TF-Error,1.00-AMRE 1,TF-Error,1.25-AMRE 1,TF-Error,1.50-AMRE 1,TF-Error,1.75-AMRE 1,TF-Error,2.00-A
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
Frequency, Hz
Erro
r, %
MRE 2,TF-Error,0.00-AMRE 2,TF-Error,0.25-AMRE 2,TF-Error,0.50-AMRE 2,TF-Error,0.75-AMRE 2,TF-Error,1.00-AMRE 2,TF-Error,1.25-AMRE 2,TF-Error,1.50-AMRE 2,TF-Error,1.75-AMRE 2,TF-Error,2.00-A
Figure 5-11: (continue)
(a)
(b)
142
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35-15
-10
-5
0
5
10
15
Frequency, Hz
Erro
r, %
MRE 3,TF-Error,0.00-AMRE 3,TF-Error,0.25-AMRE 3,TF-Error,0.50-AMRE 3,TF-Error,0.75-AMRE 3,TF-Error,1.00-AMRE 3,TF-Error,1.25-AMRE 3,TF-Error,1.50-AMRE 3,TF-Error,1.75-AMRE 3,TF-Error,2.00-A
Figure 5-11: Discrete model error for (a) MR fluid-elastic 1, (b) MR fluid-elastic 2, and (c) MR fluid-elastic 3 from simulation at all current settings.
In summary, the error showed no visible trends other than consistency between
mounts. Low error was found for each data point and at most reached 4.9% when
modeling the stiffness magnitude for MR fluid-elastic 1. The average error, however,
remained below 2% for modeling the stiffness magnitude from MR fluid-elastic 1. The
average error for modeling the stiffness magnitude of MR fluid-elastic 2 and 3 was
generally less than 1.5%. This has further shown the validity of using the proposed
transfer function model.
5.3 Damping Modeling Approach
In this section, a damping model is proposed and fit to the damping results. By modeling
the damping alone, the dependencies can be extracted. After the model is presented, a
section is devoted to the simulation of the model and compared to the empirical damping
Ceq results.
(c)
143
5.3.1 MR Fluid-Elastic Mount Damping Model
The trend of the damping looks similar to an exponential decay. Therefore, the data is fit
with an exponential model of the form
( )bC fMount aC C e ⋅= (5.18)
where Ca is damping model coefficient, Cb is the exponential coefficient, f is the
frequency. This fit was accomplished in Matlab where the damping model and
exponential coefficients were solved. These coefficients are shown in Table 5-1 for each
current. Additionally, MR fluid-elastic 1 and 2 have comparable coefficients.
Table 5-1: Damping model and exponential coefficient values for MR fluid-elastic 1, 2, and 3 mounts.
Next, the model damping coefficients in Table 5-1 were fitted as a function of current
I and then solved to represent the damping model coefficient Ca’s current dependence for
each mount as follows:
,
,
,
MRE 1, 133 51,MRE 2, 116 68,MRE 3, 83.6 81.5
a I
a I
a I
C IC IC I
= ⋅ +
= ⋅ +
= ⋅ +
(5.19)
With little variation in the exponential coefficient, Cb = -0.6 and the damping model for
MR fluid-elastic 1 is
( 0.6 )1 (133 51) f
MREC I e − ⋅= ⋅ + (5.20)
where I is the input current, and f is the oscillatory input frequency. Therefore, equation
(5.20) for the damping in MRE 1 has been constructed with dependency on current I and
oscillatory frequency f. This model for damping is not used to generate any simulation
results, but only to show the dependency of current within the damping.
144
5.3.2 MR Fluid-Elastic Mount Damping Simulation
The following simulation presented in this section uses equation (5.18) with the
coefficients listed in Table 5-1. This simulation is for the MR fluid-elastic mounts and
shows the model fitted to the damping values for the mounts.
The simulation for the damping values in MR fluid-elastic 1 is shown in Figure 5-12
for all applied currents. The empirical damping results from previous processing have
unique marker and line styles while the model uses a solid red line. For MRE 1, the
model follows the empirical results consistently to 0.5 Amp at all currents. Beyond 4 Hz
and above 0.75 Amps the model is unable to account for the actual damping. Therefore,
the model has low accuracy beyond 4 Hz and doesn’t provide a usable fit.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Frequency, Hz
Est
. Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 1,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 1,Model,0.00-AMRE 1,Ceq,0.25-AMRE 1,Model,0.25-AMRE 1,Ceq,0.50-AMRE 1,Model,0.50-AMRE 1,Ceq,0.75-AMRE 1,Model,0.75-AMRE 1,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 1,Model,1.00-AMRE 1,Ceq,1.25-AMRE 1,Model,1.25-AMRE 1,Ceq,1.50-AMRE 1,Model,1.50-AMRE 1,Ceq,1.75-AMRE 1,Model,1.75-AMRE 1,Ceq,2.00-AMRE 1,Model,2.00-A
Figure 5-12: Damping simulation results for MR Fluid-Elastic 1 mount at full range of current settings.
In the same regard as MR fluid-elastic 1, the damping values for MR fluid-elastic 2
are plotted for both the empirical results and the model in Figure 5-13. The exponential
145
model is able to replicate the empirical results as long as the current is lower than 0.75
Amps. As the current is increased with a frequency higher than 4 Hz, the model for MRE
2 is unable to replicate the empirical results.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Frequency, Hz
Est
. Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 2,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 2,Model,0.00-AMRE 2,Ceq,0.25-AMRE 2,Model,0.25-AMRE 2,Ceq,0.50-AMRE 2,Model,0.50-AMRE 2,Ceq,0.75-AMRE 2,Model,0.75-AMRE 2,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 2,Model,1.00-AMRE 2,Ceq,1.25-AMRE 2,Model,1.25-AMRE 2,Ceq,1.50-AMRE 2,Model,1.50-AMRE 2,Ceq,1.75-AMRE 2,Model,1.75-AMRE 2,Ceq,2.00-AMRE 2,Model,2.00-A
Figure 5-13: Damping simulation results for MR Fluid-Elastic 2 mount at full range of current settings.
Lastly, the model is simulated for the damping in MR fluid-elastic 3 as shown in
Figure 5-14. The same case exists as with MRE 1 and MRE 2; the model is unable to
represent the higher current damping values above 4 Hz. Therefore, at best the
exponential model may be used for estimation purposes at low frequency. This is
considered acceptable since the majority of the damping produced in the mount occurs at
low frequency.
146
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 350
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Frequency, Hz
Est
. Dam
ping
, Ns/
mm
MRE 3,Ceq,0.00-AMRE 3,Model,0.00-AMRE 3,Ceq,0.25-AMRE 3,Model,0.25-AMRE 3,Ceq,0.50-AMRE 3,Model,0.50-AMRE 3,Ceq,0.75-AMRE 3,Model,0.75-AMRE 3,Ceq,1.00-AMRE 3,Model,1.00-AMRE 3,Ceq,1.25-AMRE 3,Model,1.25-AMRE 3,Ceq,1.50-AMRE 3,Model,1.50-AMRE 3,Ceq,1.75-AMRE 3,Model,1.75-AMRE 3,Ceq,2.00-AMRE 3,Model,2.00-A
Figure 5-14: Damping simulation results for MR Fluid-Elastic 3 mount at full range of current settings.
Upon inspection of the proposed damping model for MR fluid-elastic 1, 2, and 3,
there is very little accuracy above 4 Hz if the current is increased to more than 0.75 Hz. In
contrast, very little damping is present in the empirical results as the frequency is
increased above 14 Hz. Thus, for estimation purposes at lower frequency, the model from
equation (5.18) would suffice. A better model may exist, but was not pursued since the
damping values quickly approach 0 Ns/mm at high frequency.
5.4 Summary
Herein, the first section summarizes the simulation of the frequency domain stiffness
magnitude results for the MR fluid-elastic mounts. Additionally, an evaluation of the
transfer function nominal parameters is recapped. Finally, the damping model and
simulation for the equivalent damping of the MR fluid-elastic mounts is summarized.
147
5.4.1 Non-Parametric Simulation and Evaluation Remarks
A relationship between the transmitted force and oscillatory input displacement was
presented as the stiffness magnitude. This stiffness magnitude in the frequency domain
for a MR fluid-elastic mount showed characteristics of two zeros and two poles.
Therefore, the transfer function in equation (5.7) was used to model the frequency
response in the Laplace domain.
Prior to simulating the data, a nonlinear optimizer was used to solve for the nominal
parameters in equation (5.7). The nominal parameters were solved for each current setting
within the frequency data, plotted as a function of current, and then evaluated further.
Nominal gain for each of the MR fluid-elastic mounts was plotted and evaluated with a
quasi-linear increasing slope as a function of current. This increase signified that the gain
was representative of the increased stiffness magnitude due to higher levels of current.
Moreover, the nominal zero-pole damping ratio had a positive quasi-linear slope
while the nominal zero-pole frequency had a shallow, negative slope when plotted for
each MR fluid-elastic mount as a function of current. The ensuing result, in a non-
parametric standpoint, is that the magnitude of the MR fluid-elastic mount has a larger
damping element with the increasing magnetic field intensity. The stiffness relationship
obtained from the zero-pole frequency, however, is suggestive that the MR fluid-elastic
mount has a steady stiffness element which is intensified by the gain.
Using the nominal zero and pole values determined by the solver, the transfer
function was simulated for the empirical stiffness magnitude results. Graphically, the
simulations stayed close to the stiffness magnitude for each mount. At worse case using
the discrete error calculation, however, the simulation for MR fluid-elastic mount 1 had an
error of 4.9%. The error trend was plotted and had a non-uniform distribution which
signified the transfer function in equation (5.7) was an appropriate model. Additionally,
MR fluid-elastic mount 2 and 3 had a maximum discrete error of 3.6% and 3.3%,
respectively. Final inspection of the error trend for all of the MR fluid-elastic mounts
showed consistency per mount, but had no visible trend.
Concurrently, the nominal parameters were modeled as a function of current. The
purpose of modeling the parameters as a function of current was to reduce the complexity
of maintaining a possible control policy for the transfer function in equation (5.7). After
148
each parameter was constructed with a basic linear model, a final current dependent model
for the transfer function was presented in equation (5.14). For all intents and purpose this
model is not stated to be accurate nor was it used to simulate the data, however, it may be
useful for future modeling.
5.4.2 Damping Simulation and Evaluation Remarks
The equivalent damping results from the earlier force-displacement analysis were plotted
in the frequency domain. After this representation, the damping had an exponential
decaying trend with frequency. Therefore, the exponential damping model from equation
(5.18) was proposed.
The damping model coefficients and exponential coefficients where discovered by
fitting the model to the equivalent damping results. Typically, the exponential coefficient
was uniform between all current inputs. The damping model coefficient, however,
increased linearly with current. This finding led to an estimation of the damping model
coefficient as a function of current as seen in equation (5.20) for each MR fluid-elastic
mount.
An illustrative analysis was then undertaken for presenting the validity of the
exponential model from equation (5.18). The simulation was shown for the damping
results of the MR fluid-elastic mounts. Inspection indicated that the model was a good fit
for the low frequencies, but tended to diverge from the data toward 0 Ns/mm when
simulated above 4 Hz. This model would be useful at low frequencies for all input
currents; however, the damping at higher frequencies above 0.75 Amp of input current
may not be estimated with confidence using this model.
149
6. Conclusions and Prospective Research
This chapter broadly summarizes the design, testing, and results from this study on a MR
fluid-elastic mount. After the reiteration of results, a recommendation section presents
improvements from hands-on experience. Furthermore, the future work section discusses
where research with an MR fluid-elastic mount may expound.
6.1 Summary
This section is devoted to presenting the major objectives, the objectives delivered, and
conclusions for this research. Of course, many of the objectives were realized and
pursued after an extensive literature review of MR fluid mount technology.
As discussed in Chapter 1, the motivation for this research was to rethink the design
of an MR fluid-elastic mount and the associated magnetic circuit. The major objective of
further evaluating and analyzing MR fluid-elastic mounts laid the foundation for this
research. First and foremost, we wanted to further evaluate the magnetic circuit presented
by Wang et al. [35]. The underlying reason for this evaluation was to establish a more
efficient magnetic circuitry. Moreover, since many designs of other researchers utilize
large magnetic circuits, we decided to take it a step further and configure a smaller
magnetic circuit design. The purpose of an efficient and low-profile mount configuration
was to create a more market friendly isolator with desirable packaging characteristics.
With the redesigning goal in mind, a design process using finite element magnetic
software (FEMM) was undertaken to simulate a circuit of less size with improved
magnetic efficiency. The simulated design received dimensional constraints from donated
parts and the requirement of testing fixtures. The metal-elastic case mount design
coincided with the specifications of a three-plate mold that had been previously designed.
With these constraints in place, the mount and magnetic system design was confirmed in
the simulated model. This analysis of the system, generated with MRF-145 fluid,
rendered a usable magnetic flux density of approximately 1.0 T entering the fluid cavity
with an applied current of 3 Amp. Thus, the magnetic system and mount design was
deemed efficient and space conscious which complimented the first objective and lead to
the selection of materials.
150
Since the mounts were intended to be compact, a 1 mm displacement input was to be
used during testing. Therefore, the fluid cavity gap height was designed to allow the 1
mm input displacement to compress the height of the fluid gap by approximately 25%.
Additionally, to prevent rupturing the MR fluid-elastic mounts, the total height of the
mount allowed the 1 mm compression to squeeze the mount approximately 10% of its
static height. Therefore, the height of the fluid cavity was set to 0.1875 in. and the height
of the mount was set to 0.4375 in. The sidewall of the casing was designed to a thickness
of 0.375 in. to prevent rupturing the mount as well as providing a large surface area to
attach to the upper-pole plate. The fluid gap, however, plays an important role in the MR
effect of the mount. Reducing the fluid gap may increase the MR effect, but this
configuration in the FEMM simulation indicated large magnetic field intensities in the
fluid gap over the range of current increments.
The material selected for the elastomeric case was a 30 durometer rated polyurethane
rubber from PolyTek (PolyTek 74-30). This durometer rating provided a compliant
elastomer with low stiffness that would not overshadow the activation of the MR fluid.
Furthermore, 12L14 steel was selected for the upper and magnetic-pole plate in the metal-
elastic case. The use of the pole plates required an adhesive substrate for the polyurethane
to bond against. So, an etching primer (SEM#39693-Green) was used as an initial
substrate followed by an epoxy primer (Omni-MP172 & MP175) to create a bondable
surface for the polyurethane as recommended by PolyTek.
After material selection, the molding and fabrication process for both the elastic and
metal-elastic case mount was presented. In this section, the reader was familiarized with
the process required to mold the halves, and then mold the final casing. The elastic casing
inserts consisted of air, rubber, aluminum, and steel. In addition, Chapter 3 discussed the
metal-elastic case fabrication. Preparation of the 12L14 steel into useable pole plates was
also discussed. After the metal-elastic case was fabricated, additional processes were used
to fill the cavity with MRF-145 fluid which involved degassing and plugging the fluid
cavity. Therefore, the guidelines for manufacturing the MR fluid-elastic mount (MRE)
were presented which delivered the third objective in this research. Additional guidelines
for manufacturing an elastic case with MR fluid were included in Appendix A.
151
The first objective combined the testing, characterization, and subsequent modeling
of the MR fluid-elastic mount. The elastomer case mounts, however, were presented
through the testing and characterization stages with the MR fluid-elastic mounts as
necessary to complete the second objective. The testing was accomplished using an
electromagnetic linear actuated shock dynamometer (Roehrig EMA). This shock dyno
had a displacement resolution from 0.25-177 mm and therefore, testing was limited to
0.50 mm amplitude for the MR fluid-elastic mounts. The lower resolution of 0.25 mm
was used for the elastomer mounts with metal inserts to prevent damaging the actuator
and the 2000 lb loadcell. Both static and dynamic testing was completed on this shock
dynamometer.
Characterization of the MR fluid-elastic mounts and other passive mounts was
presented in Chapter 4. The first section processed the quasi-static testing data and
presented the results. The static stiffness increased in MRE 1-3, respectively, at 42%,
24%, and 17% from varying the current from 0 Amp to 2 Amps. In the subsequent
sections, the dynamic data was processed and analyzed using a force-displacement
method and a force-amplitude method. An error comparison was then presented for the
two methods on the bases of accuracy and usability. The force-amplitude method was
evaluated to have sufficient accuracy, mostly at higher current inputs, and was selected for
presenting and simulating the results. The equivalent damping parameters, however, were
extracted from the force-displacement method.
From the results, an initial characterization evaluation quotient for both stiffness
magnitude and damping was presented. The increase in stiffness magnitude quotient at 2
Amps of current for MR fluid-elastic 1, 2 and 3 was 78%, 57%, and 46% above the zero
current stiffness magnitude. In addition, the damping quotient at 2 Amps of current for
MRE 1-3 was 500%, 430%, and 170%, respectively, above the zero current equivalent
damping. Furthermore, the stiffness magnitude results were presented in the frequency
domain for each mount. This information was also processed on the elastic case mounts
to determine a suitable boundary for comparison with the MR fluid-elastic mounts. An
upper boundary with the steel mount and a lower boundary with the rubber mount were
used to show the implications that added magnetic field had on the MR fluid-elastic
mount. With the respective boundary, an MRE at zero current had slightly more stiffness
152
than the rubber mount, but activated with 2.0 Amps of current the MRE achieved more
stiffness at low frequency than the steel insert mount. Therefore, an off-state MRE mount
was characterized similar to a solid rubber mount with a 30 Durometer rating and at full
current activation of 2 Amps the mount was stiffer than an elastic mount with a metal
insert at low frequency.
Further discussion indicated that the damping element of the mount decreased at high
frequency. At high frequency inputs, the loading and unloading cycles converged. The
suspected reason for this convergence is that the ferrous particles in the fluid are
aggregating and are not being restored in columnar structures. Therefore, the hysteresis is
decreased and the transmission of the displacement input is bypassing the ferrous particles
in the MR fluid at high frequency inputs.
After the MR fluid-elastic mount and system characterization, a non-parametric
transfer function model was used to represent the system dynamics of the transmitted
force. A zero-pole identification was used to determine an appropriate numerator and
denominator for the Laplace transfer function. This identification approach used the
stiffness magnitude which was determined from the force-amplitude processing method.
Nominal parameters for the model were estimated using a nonlinear optimization
technique and then used to simulate the stiffness magnitude results. This model was
found to be precise and represent the dynamics of the MR fluid-elastic mounts with an
average error below 2%. Additionally, the discrete error calculation was used to view the
maximum error of the transfer function and at most was found to be 4.9%. Furthermore,
the transfer function was converted into a dependency of current for MR fluid-elastic 1,
and also used to represent a basic transmissibility ratio that would arise from oscillatory
input forces. Thus, the primary objectives for this research had been achieved.
In conclusion, a unique magnetic system design configuration has been presented for
an MR fluid-elastic mount beyond currently available and open literature. The guidelines
for the design and fabrication of this MR fluid-elastic mount were also presented. The
configuration was then tested and validated. Stiffness magnitude and damping results
were explored and used to characterize the MR fluid-elastic mount and magnetic circuitry.
Further prudence lead to modeling the system dynamics of the stiffness magnitude results
in the frequency domain with a non-parametric transfer function model. The nominal
153
parameters for the model were calculated and used to replicate the stiffness magnitude
results. Therefore, an MR fluid-elastic mount with tunable stiffness magnitude
characteristics has been covered.
6.2 Recommendations
Along with the success in this research, the author noticed details and design implications
that could easily be resolved. The first major flaw within the metal-elastic case is the
reduced surface area around the magnetic-pole plate. The design was unable to be altered
with the three-plate mold. Therefore, a modified mold that would allow the spacer
(positioned between the magnetic coil and the elastomer case) and the magnetic-pole plate
to be molded to the face of the mount would increase the design robustness. This
modification would create a larger surface area for bonding the polyurethane.
Additionally, this design would eliminate the need for a protective epoxy on the external
face of the mount and allow for improved magnetic efficiency.
Additional modeling should be done with various MR-fluids within a magnetic finite
element software program. More so, the design can be compacted with the reduction of
the lower magnet housing and modeled to achieve a very thin design. The housing used
for the design in this research was made to hold a specified coil and therefore took on
larger than desired dimensions. With a spacer-pole plate combination molded to the face
of the MR-fluid cavity, the pole plate could extend axially and allow a magnetic bobbin to
be placed around the core with a matched housing. This would allow for quick and easy
removal of the coil as well as the mount and magnetic system to be rigidly attached.
As for testing recommendations, a mount of this scale should be tested with an
actuator capable of producing a displacement resolution suitable to the specifications of a
static load rating for the mount. Higher resolution of input displacement with 0.1 mm
would be advisable for the collection of dynamic transmitted force data. The reason for
this recommendation is that during testing with the EMA at oscillatory amplitude
displacements below 0.50 mm, two of the three MRE mounts ruptured at the bonding area
of the magnetic-pole plate and elastomer hull. With confidence, the design robustness can
be greatly increased with a full face spacer-pole plate combination.
154
If additional consultation is needed you may contact the author at {[email protected]}.
In any event, the recommendations are:
• Press fit or adapt a spacer to the magnetic-pole plate to improve surface area
to bond ratio with elastic case half as seen in Figure 6-1 and use a suitable
substrate to bond to the pole plate and spacer prior to molding
• Model a redesign of this mount within a finite element magnetics program
such as FEMM to achieve desired dimensions and yield stress in the MR fluid
cavity based on the MR fluid B-H curve
• Compact the design and include a method for rigid attachment to the lower
housing between the pole plate and core of the magnetic circuit
• Design the upper-pole plate and upper magnetic housing as one rigid piece as
seen in Figure 6-1
• Use an input actuator or shaker equipment with high resolution for
displacement inputs for dynamic testing
Figure 6-1: Automotive friendly design for an MR fluid-elastic mount.
To better clarify the idea for reducing the system size, the MR fluid-elastic mount and
magnetic circuit height are reduced to 0.88 in. as seen in Figure 6-1. This design fits the
spacer to the magnetic-pole plate and combines to form the magnetic-pole core.
Additionally, the fluid gap height and diameter are the same, but the spacer removes the
elastic casing around the pole plate. This design uses a 300 turn coil with 24 AWG
magnet wire for compliance with a 12 V power supply. The magnitude of magnetic flux
155
at the center of the fluid gap is 0.65 T with a 3 Amp current supply if MRF-145 fluid is
used. Furthermore, this design shows the author’s recommendation of creating a more
robust and compact MR fluid-elastic mount system. Now, the discussion is turned to the
future work to follow the current research.
6.3 Future Work
This section presents the future work that could follow from this research, but is not
limited to the topics and suggestions presented.
Granted that a transmissibility model was presented, but not simulated or used within
a specified system, several items that can stem out are:
• Run a modeling simulation for the force transmitted by an oscillatory force
input for a desired system
• Develop a control policy for use with the MR fluid-elastic mount in a
specified system possibly based on the control policies of Koo et al
• Develop a testing protocol and dynamically test the MR fluid-elastic mount in
an isolation scenario between a foundation or a suspended mass subjected to
oscillatory forces
Further testing analysis ideas are:
• Test the MR fluid-elastic mount in a controlled temperature environment to
determine a relationship between operating temperature and performance
• The phase difference between input and output in the frequency domain was
noted, but not presented due to the scope of this work. Therefore, it is
suggested that a study of the phase differences be completed more thoroughly
• Develop an MR fluid-elastic mount design by performing/employing a design
parameter optimization technique to minimize the need for actual testing to
determine the MR effect
• Use a permanent magnet instead of an electro coil for activating the MR fluid.
This would allow a designer to use a MR fluid-elastic mount as a passive
mount with desired stiffness magnitude
156
Mount design alterations for future work are:
• Alter fluid cavity dimensions to see different MR effects in the mount design
and verify if dynamic damping or stiffness is changed
• Develop a parametric model to account for altering fluid cavity to elastic
sidewall thickness
• Use different durometer rated elastomer and determine a suitable combination
for a set percentage by weight MR fluid
• Use an advanced and controllable manufacturing process to limit variability
during fabrication
• Test different MR fluids in the MR fluid-elastic mount
• Embed ferrous iron particles in a polyurethane cavity instead of using MR
fluid while using the current magnetic circuit configuration
Cost and performance analysis for future work:
• Build a desirable MR fluid-elastic mount and determine the number of cycles
before failure of the mount and components
• Determine the cost-performance ratio of an MR fluid-elastic mount with an
applicable controller and compare the results to a cost-performance ratio of
passive mounts
• Devise and build a mold for easier manufacture of the metal-elastic case to
reduce time and cost during fabrication process
157
References
1. Miller, L.R., Ahmadian, M., “Active Mounts - A Discussion of Future
Technological Trends,” Proceedings of Internoise-92. Toronto, Canada, 1992.
2. Rabinow, J., “The magnetic fluid clutch.” AIEE Trans. 67, p. 1308, 1948.
3. Lange, U., Richter, L., Zipser, L., “Flow of Magnetorheological Fluids,” Journal
of Intelligent Material Systems and Structures, Vol. 12, p. 161-164, 2001.
4. Goncalves, F.D., “Characterizing the Behavior of Magnetorheological Fluids at
High Velocities and High Shear Rates,” Ph.D. Dissertation, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State University: Blacksburg, VA, 2005.
5. Carlson, J.D., Catanzarite, D.M., Clair, K.A.S., “Commercial Magneto-
Rheological Fluid Devices,” Lord Corporation, Cary, NC.
6. Jolly, M.R., Bender, J.W., Carlson, J.D., “Properties and Applications of
Commercial Magnetorheological Fluids,” SPIE 5th Annual Symposium on Smart
Structures and Materials, San Diego, CA, March 1998.
7. Lord Corporation, “LORD Product Selector Guide,” 2008.
8. Ahn, Y.K., Yang, B., Ahmadian, M., Morishita, S., “A Small-sized Variable-
damping Mount Using Magnetorheological Fluid,” International Journal of
Vehicle System Dynamics, Vol. 16, p. 127-133, 2005.
9. Carlson, J.D., Weiss, K.D., “A growing attraction to magnetic fluids,” Machine
Design, Vol. 66, No. 15, p. 61-64, 1994.
10. Weiss, K.D., Duclos, T.G., Carlson, J.D., Chrzan, M.J., and Margida, A.J., “High
strength magneto - and electro - rheological fluids,” Society of Automotive
Engineers, Vol. 932451, 1993.
11. General Motors Corporation, “Magnetic Selective Ride Control,” 2008.
12. Audi, “Audi Magnetic Ride Suspension,” 2008.
13. Lee, H.S., Choi, S.B., “Control and response characteristics of a
magnetorheological fluid damper for passenger vehicles,” Journal of Intelligent
Material Systems and Structures, Vol. 11 (No.1), p. 80-87, 2000.
158
14. Simon, D.E., “An investigation of the effectiveness of skyhook suspensions for
controlling roll dynamics of sport utility vehicles using magnetorheological
dampers,” Ph.D. Dissertation, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University,
Blacksburg, VA. 2001
15. Song, X., Ahmadian, M., Southward, S.C., “An Adaptive Semiactive Control
Algorithm for Vehicle Suspension Systems,” Proceedings of IMECE. Washington,
D.C., 2003.
16. Ahmadian, M., Vahdati, N., “Transient Dynamics of Semiactive Suspensions with
Hybrid Control,” Journal of Intelligent Material Systems and Structures, Vol. 17
(No.2), p. 145-153, 2006.
17. Farjoud, A., Vahdati, N., Fah, Y.F., “Mathematical Model of Drum-type MR
Brakes using Herschel-Bulkley Shear Model,” Journal of Intelligent Material
Systems and Structures, Vol. 00, 2007.
18. Lee, U., Kim, D., Hur, N., Jeon, D., “Design Analysis and Experimental
Evaluation of an MR Fluid Clutch,” Journal of Intelligent Material Systems and
Structures, Vol. 10 (No. 9), p. 701-707, 1999.
19. Lord Materials Division, “Designing with MR Fluids,” Engineering Note, p. 1-5,
1999.
20. Carlson, J.D., Jolly, M.R., “MR fluid, foam and elastomer devices,” Mechatronics,
Vol. 10, p. 555-569, 2000.
21. Mazlan, S.A., Ekreem, N.B., Olabi, A.G., “The performance of
magnetorheological fluid in squeeze mode,” Smart Materials and Structures, Vol.
16, p. 1678-1682, 2007.
22. Goncalves, F.D., Koo, J.H., Ahmadian, M., “A Review of the State of the Art in
Magnetorheological Fluid Technologies – Part 1: MR fluid and MR fluid
models.,” The Shock and Vibration Digest, Vol. 38, 2006.
23. York, D., Wang, X., Gordaninejad, F., “A New MRF-E Vibration Isolator,”
Journal of Intelligent Material Systems and Structures, Vol. 18, p. 1221-1225,
2007.
159
24. Christopherson, J., Jazar, G.N., “Dynamic behavior comparison of passive
hydraulic engine mounts. Part 1: Mathematical analysis,” Journal of Sound and
Vibration, Vol. 290, p. 1040-1070, 2005.
25. Adiguna, H., Tiwari, M., Singh, R., Tseng, H.E., Hrovat, D., “Transient response
of a hydraulic engine mount,” Journal of Sound and Vibration, Vol. 268, p. 217-
248, 2003.
26. Ahn, Y.K., Kim, Y., Yang, B., Ahmadian, M., Baek, W.K., “Optimal Design of
Engine Mount Using an Enhanced Genetic Algorithm and Simplex Method,” The
8th International Congress on Sound and Vibration, Hong Kong, China, 2001.
27. Vahdati, N., Ahmadian, M., “Variable Volumetric Stiffness Fluid Mount Design,”
Shock and Vibration, Vol. 11, p.21-32, 2004.
28. Wang, L.R., Wang, J.C., Hagiwara, I., “An integrated characteristic simulation
method for hydraulically damped rubber mount of vehicle engine,” Journal of
Sound and Vibration, Vol. 286, p. 673-696, 2005.
29. Koo, J.H., Ahmadian, M., Setareh, M., Murray, T.M., “In Search of Suitable
Control Methods for Semi-Active Tuned Vibration Absorbers,” Journal of
Vibration and Control, Vol. 10, p. 163-174, 2004.
30. Boczkowska, A., Awietjan, S.F., Wroblewski, R., “Microstructure-property
relationships of urethane magnetorheological elastomers,” Smart Materials and
Structures, Vol. 16, p. 1924-1930, 2007.
31. Zhou, G.Y., “Complex shear modulus of a magnetorheological elastomer,” Smart
Materials and Structures, Vol. 13, p. 1203-1210, 2004.
32. Shen, Y., Golnaraghi, M.F., Heppler, G.R., “Experimental Research and Modeling
of Magnetorheological Elastomers,” Journal of Intelligent Material Systems and
Structures, Vol. 15, p. 27-35, 2004.
33. Gong, X.L., Zhang, X.Z., and Zhang, P.Q., “Fabrication and characterization of
isotropic magnetorheological elastomers,” Polymer Testing, Vol. 24, p. 669-676,
2005.
160
34. Wang, X., Gordaninejad, F., Hitchcock, G., “A Dynamic Behaviors of Magneto-
Rheological Fluid - Elastomer Composites Under Oscillatory Compression,”
Damping and Isolation, Conference on Smart Materials and Structures, Proc. of
SPIE Vol. 5386, p. 250-258, 2004.
35. Wang, X., Gordaninejad, F., Hitchcock, G., “A magneto-rheological fluid
elastomer vibration isolator,” Smart Structures and Materials, Proc. of SPIE Vol.
5760, p. 217-225, 2005.
36. Gordaninejad, F., Fuchs, A., Wang, X., Hitchcock, G.H., and Xin, M., “Magneto-
rheological fluid encased in flexible materials for vibration control,” U.S. Patent
6,971,491 B1, 2005.
37. Nguyen, T., Schroeder, C., Ciocanel, C., and Elahinia, M., “On the Design and
Control of a Squeeze-Flow Mode Magnetorheological Fluid Mount,” Proc. of the
ASME 2007 IDETC/CIE, Las Vegas, Nevada, 2007.
38. Ahmadian, M., Ahn, Y.A., “Performance Analysis of Magneto-Rheological
Mounts,” Journal of Intelligent Material Systems and Structures, Vol. 10, p. 248-
256, 1999.
39. Delphi Chassis and Steering Systems, “Delphi Magneto-Rheological (MR)
Powertrain Mount,” http://delphi.com/manufacturers/auto/other/mount/magneto, p.
1-4, 2005.
40. Baudendistel, T.A., Tewani, S., Long, M., and Dingle, J., “Hybrid Hydraulic
Mount with Magnetorheological Fluid Chamber,” Delphi Technologies, Inc., U.S.
Patent 6,412,761 B1, 2002.
41. Tewani, S.G., Bodie, M., Kiefer, J., Long, M., Walterbusch, J.,
“Magnetorheological-Fluid Hydraulic Mount,” Delphi Technologies, Inc., U.S.
Patent 7,118,100 B2, 2006.
42. Vahdati, N., Ahmadian, M., “Single Pumper Semi-active Fluid Mount,” Proc. of
ASME 2003 IMECE 2003, International Mechanical Engineers Conference,
Washington, D.C, 2003.
43. Choi, S.B., Hong, S., Choi, Y., Wereley, N., “Vibration control of flexible
structures using MR and piezoceramic mounts,” Smart Structures and Materials,
Proc. of SPIE Vol. 5390, p. 127-134, 2004.
161
44. Inman, D.J., Engineering Vibration, Third Edition, Pearson Education, Inc., Upper
Saddle River, New Jersey, 2008.
45. Emmons, S.G., “Characterizing a Racing Damper's Frequency Dependent
Behavior with an Emphasis on High Frequency Inputs,” M.S. Thesis, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, VA, 2007.
46. Dorf, R.C., Bishop, R.H., Modern Control Systems, Ninth Edition, p. 38-40,
Prentice-Hall, Inc, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, 2001.
47. Burchett, B.T., Layton, R.A., “An Undergraduate System Identification
Experiment,” American Control Conference, Portland, OR, USA, 2005.
48. Meeker, D., Finite Element Method Magnetics (FEMM), Foster-Miller, Inc.,
http://www.foster-miller.com/magnetic_modeling.htm, 2006.
49. Carlson, J. D., “Mr Fluids and Devices in the Real World,” International Journal
of Modern Physics B, Vol. 19, p. 1463-1470, 2005.
50. Lord Corporation, “MRF-122 Product Bulletin,” Lord Technical Data, 2008.
51. Lord Corporation, “MRF-132 Product Bulletin,” Lord Technical Data, 2008.
52. Lord Corporation, “MRF-140 Product Bulletin,” Lord Technical Data, 2008.
53. Lord Corporation, “Lord Magneto-Rheological Fluids,” Lord Product Selector
Guide, 2008.
54. PolyTek Development Corp., http://www.polytek.com
55. Redwood Plastics Corp., “Hardness Comparison Chart,” Redco Polyurethane
Brochure, 2008.
56. Ogata, K., System Dynamics, Third Edition, p. 302-305, Prenctice Hall, Saddle
River, New Jersey, 1998.
57. Lord Corporation, www.lord.com
58. Cosmo Corporation, http://www.cosmocorp.com/en
59. A.P.W Company Inc., http://www.apwcoinc.com
60. Belmont Machining, Inc., (540) 639-7102
162
Appendix A: Mount and Magnetic Design Schematics First, this appendix presents the bill of materials for the characterized system in this
research. Design schematics for the magnetic system and mount are presented second and
followed by the design of the 3-plate-mold. In final, a section is devoted to the process of
manufacturing an elastic case fluid mount. This process does not detail the fabrication of
the metal-elastic case mount which was covered in chapter 3.
A-1 Bill of materials for the system During the manufacture of the system and components for the MR fluid-elastic mount
design, many process materials were needed as seen Table A- 1. The category is made up
of the components and each component is specified to have a certain material or
specification. The materials used in the manufacturing process have been discussed in
chapter 3 and will be covered more in the last section of Appendix A. Furthermore, cost
estimates within this bill of materials are not presented.
163
Table A- 1: Bill of Materials without cost estimates for mount and magnet system and manufacture.
164
A-2 Dimensional schematics for 3-plate Mold This section presents the shop drawings for the 3-plate-mold. The top plate as seen in
Figure A-1 contains thru holes and an inset cavity. The inset cavity is used to mold half of
the elastic or metal-elastic case. Figure A-2 shows the middle plate which has extrusions
or embosses to create the insert cavity. This middle plate also has an axial face o-ring
location for matting to the top plate and sealing the upper half of the mold. In final a
bottom plate similar to the top plate is shown in Figure A-3 where the only difference is
an o-ring gland for matting to the middle plate. Moreover, when the middle plate is
removed from the mold there is only one axial o-ring gland to secure containment of the
mold cavity.
Figure A-1: Top plate schematic of three plate mold.
165
Figure A-2: Middle plate schematic of three plate mold.
166
Figure A-3: End plate schematic of three plate mold.
167
A-3 Dimensional schematics for the Mount and Magnet Design This section presents the dimensional schematics for the mount and magnet system
design. The lower housing to the magnet is shown in Figure A-4. The core for the
magnet is also depicted and has a small shelf for holding a non-magnetic spacer. Figure
A-5 illustrates the dimensions for the upper housing of the magnetic system, but does not
show the inset plug cavity that had been used to plug the metal-elastic case with fluid.
The aforementioned spacer is shown in Figure A-6 and needs to be fabricated from a non-
magnetic metal. Figure A-7 and Figure A-8 are the upper and magnetic-pole plates for the
metal-elastic case, respectively. The upper plate has a threaded hole in the center which is
used to for filling the case with fluid and for final sealing with a plug. The remaining
fixtures in Figure A-9 and Figure A-10 are developed to adapt to the Roehrig EMA shock
dynamometer and either the upper or lower housing of the magnetic system.
Figure A-4: Lower housing base and core schematic to magnetic system.
168
Figure A-5: Upper housing schematic to magnetic system
Figure A-6: Spacer schematic to lower housing in magnetic system.
169
Figure A-7: Upper-pole plate schematic for metal-elastic case mount.
Figure A-8: Magnetic-pole plate schematic for metal-elastic case mount.
170
Figure A-9: Lower housing test fixture schematic for Roehrig Dynamometer.
Figure A-10: Upper Housing Test Fixture for Roehrig Dynamometer.
171
A-4 Manufacturing a Fluid-Elastic Mount in an Elastic Case This section presents the procedures for manufacturing a fluid-elastic mount in a generic
elastic case as illustrated by the mount chronology in Figure A-11. Many of the processes
contained herein require specialized fabrication equipment. This equipment includes a jig
to hold the mount and inject the fluid, as well as a jig to hold the mold. The equipment is
made universal and is not detailed by a schematic.
Figure A-11: Elastic case mount chronology from initial case half mount to finalized MR Fluid-Elastic mount in a full elastic case.
Procedure for manufacturing a fluid-elastic mount in an elastic case:
1. Gather all supplies needed to make product, refer to Figure A-12
a. Clean and assembled mold
b. Clean tubing (1/4in OD)
c. Dispensing Syringes
d. Mixing cups and stirring sticks
2. Spray the 3-plate mold with poly-release
3. Mix the polyurethane at a 1:1 weight ratio in mixing cup shown in Figure A-12
4. Put polyurethane mixture in degas chamber as seen in Figure A-13
5. Remove polyurethane and pour into syringe
6. Plug syringe into the mold and dispense liquid rubber
Case Half Un-Prepped
Elastic Case
Prepped
Case
Filled
Elastic Case
172
a. Rotate material around in mold to coat the inside walls of the mold
b. Finish dispensing liquid in mold.
7. Allow urethane to cure for 16 hours.
8. Remove case halves from mold as seen in Figure A-14 and Figure A-15 to
clean up parting material on the edges and to wash off release agent
9. Remove some of the outer material as seen in Figure A-16 and put back in top
and bottom plate mold as seen in Figure A-17
a. Repeat steps 2-7 but de-mold within 4 hours
10. With closed circular disk, remove material from one edge and drill small hole
to allow for puncture of needle and wash off release agent
11. Stir and degas MR fluid
12. Place circular polyurethane disk in the jig as seen in Figure A-18
13. Put MR fluid in a syringe and inject fluid in to circular polyurethane disk.
14. Repeat steps 2-7
Figure A-12: Paraphernalia readied for manufacturing an elastic case mount.
173
Figure A-13: Polyurethane in a degassing chamber under 28inHg to remove entrapped air.
Figure A-14: De-molding the half cases of the mount from the 3-plate mold.
174
Figure A-15: Each half of the elastic case after removal of central parting lines from middle plate of mold.
Figure A-16: Degreased and abraded elastic case halves ready to be inserted in top and bottom mold plates to create the full elastic case with hollow insert cavity.
175
Figure A-17: Prepped halves placed in top and bottom plate with a bead of polyurethane on the face of the elastic case half.
Figure A-18: Universal jig used to secure elastic case and position fluid syringe for MR fluid injection into the empty case cavity.
176
Appendix B: Results This appendix contains the results from analyzing the mount parameters. In addition,
comparisons are also shown as well as the error comparison between processing methods.
B-1 Damping Analysis for Passive and MR Fluid-Elastic Mounts This section presents the damping results for the MR fluid-elastic and passive mounts.
Table B-1 lists the damping values for the passive mounts and Table B-2 lists the damping
values for the MR fluid-elastic case mounts with the non-filled metal-elastic case mount
MRE 3B. In final, Table B-3 presents a comparison of the results for the passive mounts
and the MR fluid-elastic mounts.
Table B-1: Passive mount damping analysis results for the air, rubber, steel, and aluminum inserts
177
Table B-2: MR fluid-elastic mount damping analysis results for MRE’s and blank MRE 3.
Table B-3: MR fluid-elastic mount and passive mount damping analysis comparison chart.
178
B-2 Stiffness Results for MR Fluid-Elastic Mounts This section presents the stiffness magnitude |F|/X results in Table B-4 for the MR fluid-
elastic case mounts.
Table B-4: MR Fluid-elastic mount Stiffness Analysis Results for MRE’s and blank MRE 3.
179
B-3 Stiffness Results for Passive and MR fluid-Elastic Mounts This section presents the stiffness results for the passive mounts in Table B-5 which is
followed by a stiffness results comparison for both the MR fluid-elastic mounts and the
passive mounts in Table B-6.
Table B-5: Passive mount stiffness analysis results for the air, rubber, steel, and aluminum inserts at 0.50 Amp current indexing.
Table B-6: MR fluid-elastic and passive mount stiffness analysis comparison chart.
180
B-4 Parameters for f(t) and x(t) Processing This section contains the parameters for f(t) and x(t) as listed in Table B-7. These
parameters were used or found by Program_4 in Appendix C. The major parameters
found include the force magnitude |F|, the offset force F-Offset, the displacement input
magnitude |X|, the displacement offset X-Offset, and the displacement removed for the
saturated force content Xt_SAT.
Table B-7: MR Fluid-elastic mount parameters from force-amplitude and displacement modeling analysis at 0, 1, and 2-Amp current settings.
181
B-5 Processing Evaluation Method Error for MR Fluid-Elastic Mounts This section presents a more thorough error chart as seen in Table B-8 for the error
obtained using either the force-amplitude |F| or the force-displacement Kx processing
methods. As noticed, the error in the force time trace and the error in the displacement
input need to be combined to represent the total error for the force-amplitude method.
The input trace showed slight error at higher frequencies because the shock dyno’s
electromagnetic actuator was being operated at the lower resolution of the available
displacement range.
Table B-8: MR Fluid-elastic mount error comparison between force-amplitude |F|/X and force-displacement Kx, sampled at 0, 1, 2-Amp for MR fluid-elastic mounts 1, 2 and 3.
182
B-6 Transfer Function Nominal Parameters This section contains the converged transfer function parameters in Table B-9 that were
used to construct the transfer function model for each current setting.
Table B-9: Nominal transfer function parameters used to simulate the results in section 5.2.
183
Appendix C: Data Processing Code This appendix presents the MatLab code used for processing the MR fluid-elastic mounts
and comparison mounts from this study. The layout for this appendix is:
1. results processing program, and
2. transfer function modeling program
Section C-1 presents the results processing code for both the force-displacement and
force-amplitude analysis methods. Then section C-2 presents the code for modeling the
stiffness magnitude in the frequency domain for the MR fluid-elastic mounts.
C-1 Results Processing As previously mentioned, this section contains the MatLab code used to analyze the force-
displacement and force-amplitude stiffness. The code is then shown for the:
• force-displacement stiffness,
• force-displacement damping, and
• force-amplitude stiffness.
Results Processing Code:
clc, clear all,close all
% Code loads Shock data from CSV, plots it, and saves it to a Matlab Structure
% The Matlab structure can be loaded in the workspace later for custom data analysis
% F(t) Model = (ampF*sin(2piF*t+phaseF)+off)*(1-sign(xT-X(t)))/2
% x(t) Model = X*sin(2piF*t+phaseX)+offX
% K(x) Model = K*x, or K = F(t)/x(t)
first_row = 28; %first row of data in CSV file
fsamp = 2000; %sample rate, Hz
nfiles = 18; %12 for AIR, 18 for all others %number of files to load #16 [1-25hz]
nfileshold = 18; %set to 18 to print to individual amp excel folder
ampfull = 5;
ampfullset = 5; %Turn on plotters using #5 or 9;
ampfullsetPrint = 5; % Turn on with 5 or 9, if amps = ampfullsetPrint export will happen
a = 1; z = 18; %for i = frequency a to frequency z, 12 or 18
%% %Select the following to make me work
mount = 8; %(1-8), pick mount number to describe elastomer
fileholes = {'MRE 1 DST','MRE 2 DST','MRE 3 DST',...
'MRE 3 Blank DST',...
'AIR DST','RUB DST','STE DST','ALU DST'};
184
innerholes = {'\MRE 1 ','\MRE 2 ','\MRE 3 ','\By Current\MRE 3b ','\AIR DST ','\RUB
','\','\'};
filehole = fileholes{mount}; %input the fileset you want to review
innerhole = innerholes{mount};
loadermounts = {'MRE_1_DST_01mm_','MRE_2_DST_01mm_','MRE_3_DST_01mm_',...
'MRE_3b_DST_01mm_','AIR_DST_01mm_','RUB_DST_01mm_',...
'STE_DST_005mm_','ALU_1_DST_005mm_'};
loadermount = loadermounts{mount};
elastomer = {'MRE_','MRE_','MRE_','MRE_','AIR','RUB_','STE_','ALU_'}; %Model
elastomers = fileholes;
if mount <=4
current = {'000','025','050','075','100','125','150','175','200'};
ampleg = {'0.00-A','0.25-A','0.50-A','0.75-A','1.00-A','1.25-A',...
'1.50-A','1.75-A','2.00-A'};
L40 =
{['|F|/X:',ampleg{1}],['K(x):',ampleg{1}],['|F|/X:',ampleg{3}],['K(x):',ampleg{3}],...
['|F|/X:',ampleg{5}],['K(x):',ampleg{5}],['|F|/X:',ampleg{7}],['K(x):',ampleg{7}],...
['|F|/X:',ampleg{9}],['K(x):',ampleg{9}]};
elseif mount >4
current = {'000','050','100','150','200'};
ampleg = {'0.00-A','0.50-A','1.00-A','1.50-A','2.00-A'};
L40 =
{['|F|/X:',ampleg{1}],['K(x):',ampleg{1}],['|F|/X:',ampleg{2}],['K(x):',ampleg{2}],...
['|F|/X:',ampleg{3}],['K(x):',ampleg{3}],['|F|/X:',ampleg{4}],['K(x):',ampleg{4}],...
['|F|/X:',ampleg{5}],['K(x):',ampleg{5}]};
end
if mount == 5
hzs = {'1hz','2hz','3hz','4hz','5hz','6hz','7hz','8hz','9hz','10hz',...
'20hz','30hz'};
freqfull = [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,20,30];
freqleg = {'1-Hz','2-Hz','3-Hz','4-Hz','5-Hz','6-Hz','7-Hz','8-Hz',...
'9-Hz','10-Hz','20-Hz','30-Hz'};
nfiles = 12;
else
hzs = {'1hz','2hz','3hz','4hz','5hz','6hz','7hz','8hz','9hz','10hz',...
'12hz','14hz','16hz','18hz','20hz','25hz','30hz','35hz'};
freqfull = [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12,14,16,18,20,25,30,35];
freqleg = {'1-Hz','2-Hz','3-Hz','4-Hz','5-Hz','6-Hz','7-Hz','8-Hz',...
'9-Hz','10-Hz','12-Hz','14-Hz','16-Hz','18-Hz','20-Hz','25-Hz',...
'30-Hz','35-Hz'};
end
marker = {'v','d','^','x','o','p','*','.','+'};
colors1 = {'k','r','g','b','k','','g','b','k','r','g','b'};
lines = {'-',':','-','--','-',':','-','--','-',':','-','--'};
fsize = 8; %font size
tsize = 7; %title font size
xfsize = 10; %x axis font size
yfsize = 10; %y axis font size
185
msize = 5; %markersize
lsize = 8;
for amps = 1:ampfull
for i=a:z
pathname = ['C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\CSV Mount Files\A
CSV Mount Files\',filehole,innerhole,current{amps},'a'];
%path for file window
cd(pathname);
colors = 'bgrcmkbgrcmkbgrcmkbgrcmk';
freq = freqfull(i); %index freq. collected to calculate desired file frequency
%% Manual Load
% [filename, pathname] = uigetfile('*.csv',...
% ['Select CSV Shock Data File #',freqleg{i}]);
% [filename, pathname] = csvread(mountfile,
%%Auto Load
mountfile = [loadermount,current{amps},'a_',hzs{i},'.csv'];
filename = mountfile;
cd(pathname);
dd = csvread(filename,first_row-1,0);
disa = dd(:,1);
Forcea = dd(:,2);
N = length(disa);
disp = disa(1:(N-2));
Forced = Forcea(1:(N-2));
ForceFix = min(Forced);
ForcedNorm = Forced - ForceFix;
Force = smooth(ForcedNorm,10);
dispFix = min(disp);
dispNorm = disp - dispFix;
dis = smooth(dispNorm,10);
N = length(dis);
t = (0:(N-1)) * 1/fsamp;
xTime = 1/freq;
pN = floor(xTime*fsamp);
pTime = (0:(pN-1))*1/fsamp;
pdisA = dis(1:pN);
pdisB = dis(pN+1:2*pN);
pdis = (pdisA + pdisB)./2;
pForceA = Force(1:pN);
pForceB = Force(pN+1:2*pN);
pForce = (pForceA + pForceB)./2;
%_____________________________________________________________
%estimating velocity by differentiating the displacement input
%curve fitting from displacement
xdata = t';
ydata = dispNorm;
if mount == 5
186
xitterfreq =
{'a*sin(2*pi*1*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*2*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*3*x+b)+c',...
'a*sin(2*pi*4*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*5*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*6*x+b)+c',...
'a*sin(2*pi*7*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*8*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*9*x+b)+c',...
'a*sin(2*pi*10*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*20*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*30*x+b)+c'};
else
xitterfreq =
{'a*sin(2*pi*1*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*2*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*3*x+b)+c',...
'a*sin(2*pi*4*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*5*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*6*x+b)+c',...
'a*sin(2*pi*7*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*8*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*9*x+b)+c',...
'a*sin(2*pi*10*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*12*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*14*x+b)+c',..
'a*sin(2*pi*16*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*18*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*20*x+b)+c',..
'a*sin(2*pi*25*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*30*x+b)+c','a*sin(2*pi*35*x+b)+c'};
end
g = fittype(xitterfreq{i});
[Xvec,Xerrors] = fit(xdata,ydata,g,'Start',[max(ydata)/2 0.3 max(ydata)/2]);
DisRMSE = Xerrors.rmse;
NormDisRMSE = (Xerrors.rmse)/(max(ydata)-min(ydata));
d1 = differentiate(Xvec,xdata);
phaseX = Xvec.b;
ampX = Xvec.a;
wX = 2*pi*freqfull(i);
offX =Xvec.c;
freqfindX = freqfull(i);
v = d1;
vdot = v;
vdot(N)= vdot(N-1);
%F(t) Model Section:
%Fit Force Data to solve for phase and frequency
%remove saturated force data by using a sign(x(t)) function
fitterfreq =
strcat('(a*sin(',num2str(wX),'*x+b)+c)*(1+sign(',num2str(offX),'+',num2str(ampX),'*sin(',n
um2str(wX),'*x+(',num2str(phaseX),'))-d))./2');
fitforce = fittype(fitterfreq);
[xTL,xT,pT] = program4fun([mount,amps,i]);
[Fvec, ErrorAmp] = fit(xdata,Force,fitforce,'Start',[max(Force)./1.3 pT
max(Force)./3 xT]);
ampF = Fvec.a;
phaseF = Fvec.b;
offF = Fvec.c;
xT = Fvec.d;
wF = 2*pi*freqfull(i);
freqfindF = freqfull(i);
phasediff = rad2deg(phaseF-phaseX);
LowForce = min(Force);
ErrorF = abs(max(Force)-(abs(ampF) + offF))./max(Force);
AmpRMSE = ErrorAmp.rmse; %square root of the deviation. Syx = root(sum(Xi-
Xci)^2/N) %Xi-data, Xci-model, N-number of data points
187
NormFtRMSE = ErrorAmp.rmse/(max(Force)-min(Force));
Fvecs= ((ampF.*sin(wX*xdata + phaseF)+offF).*(1+sign(offX +
ampX.*sin(wX*xdata+phaseX)-xT))./2);
%Plot bad Force F(t) Models.
if min(ErrorF) >= 0.1
figure(100+i),plot(Fvec,xdata,Force), title(['Failed Inspection
',elastomer{mount},',',current{amps}]),...
grid on, axis tight, xlabel('Time, s'),ylabel('Force,
N'),legend(freqleg{i})
end
phasediffold = phasediff;
[phasediff] = program4phase([phasediffold]);
%% Kx Model Section
xTl = xTL;%0.25; %0.35; %xlow
xTh = 0.01; %xhigh kicks off data at the upper end of domain
linear = excludedata(pdis,pForce,'domain',[xTl,max(pdis)-xTh]);
%look only at data within the domain specified [xlow to xhigh]
dE = polyarea(pdis(~linear),pForce(~linear));
%calculate the area within the domain saturate
ceq = dE/(pi*freq*2*pi*((ampX)^2));
fitslope = fittype('a*x + b');
[Flin,Goodness] = fit(pdis(~linear),pForce(~linear),fitslope,'Start',[2300 -300]);
LinRMSE = Goodness.rmse;
NormKxRMSE = Goodness.rmse/(max(pForce(~linear))-min(pForce(~linear)));
slope = Flin.a;
b = Flin.b;
newdis = pdis(~linear);
linMod = slope*pdis(~linear) + b;
%% %Collect Parameters and Load to Table
row = i+nfiles*(amps-1);
XFHolds(row,1) = freq;
XFHolds(row,2) = abs(ampF)./abs(ampX);
XFHolds(row,3) = slope;
XFHolds(row,4) = phasediff;
XFHolds(row,5) = ceq;
XFHolds(row,6) = ErrorF; %error in amplitude fit
XFHolds(row,7) = NormFtRMSE*100;
XFHolds(row,8) = NormDisRMSE*100;
XFHolds(row,9) = NormKxRMSE*100;
sysparam(row,1) = freq; %Hz
sysparam(row,2) = slope; %F/x
sysparam(row,3) = abs(ampF)./abs(ampX); %|F|/X
sysparam(row,4) = ampF; %|F|
sysparam(row,5) = ampX; %X
sysparam(row,6) = offF; %DC Force N
sysparam(row,7) = phaseF; %rad F
sysparam(row,8) = phaseX; %rad X
sysparam(row,9) = xT; %saturate X value
188
sysparam(row,10) = AmpRMSE; %|F| vs Force(t)
sysparam(row,11) = DisRMSE; %X vs x(t)
sysparam(row,12) = LinRMSE; %F/x vs F/x(T)
sysparam(row,13) = NormFtRMSE*100; %RMSE/(maxF-minF)
sysparam(row,14) = NormDisRMSE*100; %RMSE/(maxX-minX)
sysparam(row,15) = NormKxRMSE*100; %RMSE/(maxpF-minpF)
sysparam(row,16) = ForceFix; rowa = i;
XFHold(rowa,1) = freq;
XFHold(rowa,2) = abs(ampF)./abs(ampX);
XFHold(rowa,3) = slope;
XFHold(rowa,4) = phasediff;
XFHold(rowa,5) = ceq;
XFHold(rowa,6) = ErrorF; %error in amplitude fit
XFHold(rowa,7) = NormFtRMSE*100;
XFHold(rowa,8) = NormDisRMSE*100;
XFHold(rowa,9) = NormKxRMSE*100;
if ampfullset == 5
%% %Figure1s F(t) Model
dks = {'k',':c'};
dk = dks{1};
L1s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'Model,F(t)'};
figure(i+0),subplot(3,2,amps),plot(xdata,Force,dk,'LineWidth',2),hold on,
plot(xdata,Fvecs,'m','LineWidth',1),xlabel(''),
ylabel('Force,N','fontsize',yfsize),xlabel('Time, s','fontsize',xfsize), axis([0 max(t) 0
5000]),
legend(L1s,'Location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize),
%% %Figure20s K(x) Model
L20s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'RegionModel','Model-K(x)'};
figure(i+20),subplot(3,2,amps),plot(pdis,pForce,dk,'LineWidth',2),hold on,
plot(pdis(~linear),pForce(~linear),'m','LineWidth',1),hold on,
plot(pdis(~linear),linMod,'--b','LineWidth',1),
legend(L20s,'Location','NorthWest','fontsize',lsize),
ylabel('Force, N','fontsize',yfsize),
xlabel('disp, mm','fontsize',xfsize),
axis([0 1 0 5000])
%% %Figure60s F(t)_Model vs F/x_Model
L62s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'RegionModel','Model-K(x)'};
if (amps==1)||(amps==3)||(amps==5)
spot = 1+(amps-1); %1+(amps-1)/2;%(1+(1-1)/2 = 1,1+(5-
1)/2=3,1+(9-1)/2 =5
figure(i+60),subplot(3,2,spot),plot(xdata,Force,dk,'LineWidth',2), hold on,
plot(xdata,Fvecs,'m','LineWidth',1),xlabel(''),
ylabel('Force,
N','fontsize',yfsize),legend(L1s,'Location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize),
xlabel('Time, s','fontsize',xfsize),axis([0 max(t) 0
5000]),
189
text(xTime*.1,4000,['NRMSE =
',num2str(round(NormFtRMSE*100)),'%'],'fontsize',lsize),
figure(i+60),subplot(3,2,spot+1),
plot(pdis,pForce,dk,'LineWidth',2),hold on,
plot(pdis(~linear),pForce(~linear),'m','LineWidth',1),hold
on
plot(pdis(~linear),linMod,'--b','LineWidth',1),hold on
legend(L62s,'Location','NorthWest','fontsize',lsize),
axis([0 1 0 5000]),ylabel('Force,
N','fontsize',yfsize),xlabel('disp, mm','fontsize',xfsize),
text(0.05,2000,['NRMSE =
',num2str(round(NormKxRMSE*100)),'%'],'fontsize',lsize)
end
%% %Figure80s 0,1,2-Amp F(t)_Model vs K(x)_Model
L80s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'Model-F(t)'};
L81s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'RegionModel','Model-K(x)'};
if (amps==1)||(amps==3)||(amps==5)
spot = 1+(amps-1);%(1+(1-1)/2 = 1, 1+(5-1)/2=3, 1+(9-1)/2 =
5
figure(i+80),subplot(3,2,spot),plot(xdata,Force,dk,'LineWidth',2), hold on,
plot(xdata,Fvecs,'m','LineWidth',1),xlabel('Time, s','fontsize',xfsize),
ylabel('Force,
N','fontsize',yfsize),legend(L80s,'fontsize',lsize), axis([0 max(t) 0 5000]),
text(xTime*.1,4000,['NRMSE =
',num2str(round(NormFtRMSE*100)),'%'],'fontsize',lsize)
figure(i+80),subplot(3,2,spot+1),
plot(pdis,pForce,dk,'LineWidth',2),hold on,
plot(pdis(~linear),pForce(~linear),'m','LineWidth',1),hold on,
plot(pdis(~linear),linMod,'--b','LineWidth',1),hold on,
text(0.05,2000,['NRMSE =
',num2str(round(NormKxRMSE*100)),'%'],'fontsize',lsize)
xlabel('disp, mm','fontsize',xfsize), axis([0 1 0 5000]),
legend(L81s,'Location','NorthWest','fontsize',lsize),xlabel('disp, mm','fontsize',xfsize)
end
elseif ampfullset == 9
%% %Figure1s F(t) Model
dks = {'k',':c'};
dk = dks{1};
L1s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'Model,F(t)'};
figure(i+0),subplot(3,3,amps),plot(xdata,Force,dk,'LineWidth',2),hold on,
plot(xdata,Fvecs,'m','LineWidth',1),xlabel(''),
ylabel('Force,N','fontsize',yfsize),xlabel('Time, s','fontsize',xfsize), axis([0 max(t) 0
5000]),
legend(L1s,'Location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize),
%% %Figure20s K(x) Model
L20s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'RegionModel','Model-K(x)'};
figure(i+20),subplot(3,3,amps),plot(pdis,pForce,dk,'LineWidth',2),hold on,
plot(pdis(~linear),pForce(~linear),'m','LineWidth',1),hold on,
190
plot(pdis(~linear),linMod,'--b','LineWidth',1),
legend(L20s,'Location','NorthWest','fontsize',lsize),
ylabel('Force, N','fontsize',yfsize),
xlabel('disp, mm','fontsize',xfsize),
axis([0 1 0 5000])
L62s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'RegionModel','Model-K(x)'};
if (amps==1)||(amps==5)||(amps==9)
spot = 1+(amps-1)/2;%(1+(1-1)/2 = 1,
figure(i+60),subplot(3,2,spot),plot(xdata,Force,dk,'LineWidth',2), hold on,
plot(xdata,Fvecs,'m','LineWidth',1),xlabel(''),
ylabel('Force,
N','fontsize',yfsize),legend(L1s,'Location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize),
xlabel('Time, s','fontsize',xfsize),axis([0 max(t) 0
5000]),
text(xTime*.1,4000,['NRMSE =
',num2str(round(NormFtRMSE*100)),'%'],'fontsize',lsize),
figure(i+60),subplot(3,2,spot+1),
plot(pdis,pForce,dk,'LineWidth',2),hold on,
plot(pdis(~linear),pForce(~linear),'m','LineWidth',1),hold on
plot(pdis(~linear),linMod,'--b','LineWidth',1),hold on
legend(L62s,'Location','NorthWest','fontsize',lsize),
axis([0 1 0 5000]),ylabel('Force,
N','fontsize',yfsize),xlabel('disp, mm','fontsize',xfsize),
text(0.05,2000,['NRMSE =
',num2str(round(NormKxRMSE*100)),'%'],'fontsize',lsize)
end
%% %Figure80s 0,1,2-Amp F(t)_Model vs K(x)_Model
L80s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'Model-F(t)'};
L81s = {['Data:',freqleg{i}],'RegionModel','Model-K(x)'};
if (amps==1)||(amps==5)||(amps==9)
spot = 1+(amps-1)/2;%(1+(1-1)/2 = 1, 1+(5-1)/2=3, 1+(9-1)/2
figure(i+80),subplot(3,2,spot),plot(xdata,Force,dk,'LineWidth',2), hold on,
plot(xdata,Fvecs,'m','LineWidth',1),xlabel('Time, s','fontsize',xfsize),
ylabel('Force,
N','fontsize',yfsize),legend(L80s,'fontsize',lsize), axis([0 max(t) 0 5000]),
text(xTime*.1,4000,['NRMSE =
',num2str(round(NormFtRMSE*100)),'%'],'fontsize',lsize)
figure(i+80),subplot(3,2,spot+1),
plot(pdis,pForce,dk,'LineWidth',2),hold on,
plot(pdis(~linear),pForce(~linear),'m','LineWidth',1),hold on,
plot(pdis(~linear),linMod,'--b','LineWidth',1),hold on,
text(0.05,2000,['NRMSE =
',num2str(round(NormKxRMSE*100)),'%'],'fontsize',lsize)
xlabel('disp, mm','fontsize',xfsize), axis([0 1 0 5000]),
legend(L81s,'Location','NorthWest','fontsize',lsize),xlabel('disp, mm','fontsize',xfsize)
end
elseif (ampfullset ~= 5) && (ampfullset ~= 9)
['Figure Printing to Screen is Off']
191
end
%% %I save XFHold at amp(1-9) or 0-2amp
if i == nfileshold
pathname4 = ['C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\CSV
MOUNT FILES\A CSV Mount Files\',filehole,'\Model\Each'];
cd(pathname4)
xlswrite([current{amps},'A_','XFHold_',elastomer{mount},num2str(mount)],XFHold)
end
end %for i=nfiles loop
%% %I make the styles
Stiff = XFHold(:,2);
style1 = [lines{amps},marker{amps},colors1{amps}];
style2 = [':',marker{amps},'m'];
%% %Figure40 Compare Stiffness Vs Frequency
% if amps==1||amps==3||amp==5||amp==7||amp==9
figure(40),plot(XFHold(:,1),XFHold(:,2),style1,'MarkerSize',6),hold on,
xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',14),ylabel('Stiffness, N/mm','fontsize',14),hold
on,
plot(XFHold(:,1),XFHold(:,3),style2,'MarkerSize',5,'MarkerFaceColor','m'),
legend(L40,'location','SouthEast','fontsize',lsize), axis([0 35 0 7000])
% end
%% %Figure41-43
figure(41),plot(XFHold(:,1),XFHold(:,4),style1),hold on,
xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',14),ylabel(['Phase,
deg','\circ',],'fontsize',14),
legend(ampleg,'location','NorthEast'), axis([0 35 -30 30])
figure(42),plot(XFHold(:,1),XFHold(:,2),style1),hold on,
xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',14),ylabel('Stiffness, N/mm','fontsize',14),
legend(ampleg,'location','SouthEast'),hold on, axis([0 35 0 7000])
figure(43),plot(XFHold(:,1),XFHold(:,3),style1),hold on,
xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',14),ylabel('Stiffness, N/mm','fontsize',14),
legend(ampleg,'location','SouthEast'),hold on, axis([0 35 0 7000])
%% %Write Data to Files when current = 2.0 or amp == 9
if amps == ampfullsetPrint
pause on
%Store constants, damping, stiffness terms in mat file
pathname3 = ['C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\CSV MOUNT FILES\A
CSV Mount Files\',filehole,'\Model'];
cd(pathname3)
syslabel = {'Frequency','Kx_Model','Ft/X_Model',...
'Ft_amp','Xt_amp','Offset Ft','Phase Ft','Phase Xt',...
'Sat xT','FtRMSE','XtRMSE','KxRMSE','NormFtRMSE',...
'NormDisRMSE','NormKxRMSE','Force Normalized'};
xlswrite('Sysparam_Data',syslabel,[elastomer{mount},num2str(mount)],'A1')
xlswrite('Sysparam_Data',sysparam,[elastomer{mount},num2str(mount)],'A4') %load to
All_Mount.mat
pause(6)
192
xlswrite(['XFHold_Data_',elastomer{mount},num2str(mount)],XFHolds) %load to
comparison spreadsheet
pause(6)
matdata1 = struct('XFHolds',XFHolds); %shockdata1 for 2 column csv
eval(['QuickXF' filename(1:length(filename)-8) ' = matdata1']);
eval(['save ', 'QuickXF', filename(1:length(filename)-8)]) %saves structure file
%Full contains all 1-9amps
pause(6)
matdata2 = struct('sysparam',sysparam);
eval(['Model' filename(1:length(filename)-8) ' = matdata2']);
eval(['save ', 'Model', filename(1:length(filename)-8)])
pause(6)
%%
pathname5 = 'C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\CSV MOUNT FILES\A
CSV Mount Files\Program Folder';
cd(pathname5)
pause(5)
xlswrite('Program_4_Stiffness',syslabel,filehole,'A1')
xlswrite('Program_4_Stiffness',sysparam,filehole,'A4')
%% %Export figures(40-43) when current = 2.0 or amp == 9
pathname2 = ['C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\My Pictures\Chapter
5 Mount\',filehole];
cd(pathname2)
f40 = ['-f',num2str(40)];
print(f40,'-r900','-dtiff','Stiffness_Amplitude_Linear_vs_Freq'),
pause(8)
% figure(40),set(gcf),close gcf;
f41 = ['-f',num2str(41)];
print(f41,'-r900','-dtiff','Phase_Amplitude_Freq')
% figure(41),set(gcf),close gcf;
pause(8)
f42 = ['-f',num2str(42)];
print(f42,'-r900','-dtiff','Stiffness_Amplitude_vs_Freq')
pause(8)
f43 = ['-f',num2str(43)];
print(f43,'-r900','-dtiff','Stiffness_Linear_vs_Freq')
%% %Export figures(1-98) when current = 2.0, or amp == 9
for i = 1:nfiles
% %Figure1s
pause(8)
famp3x3 = ['-f',num2str(i)];
print(famp3x3,'-r300','-dtiff',['Amp_Ft_Fit_',current{amps},'A_',freqleg{i}])
%% %Figure20s
pause(8)
fi20 =['-f',num2str(i+20)];
print(fi20,'-r300','-dtiff',['Line_Kx_Fit_',current{amps},'A_',freqleg{i}])
pause(10)
fi60 = ['-f',num2str(i+60)];
193
print(fi60,'-r300','-dtiff',['Ft_Kx_',current{amps},'A_',freqleg{i}])
pause(6)
fi80 = ['-f',num2str(i+80)];
print(fi80,'-r300','-dtiff',['Ft_Kx_Text',current{amps},'A_',freqleg{i}])
['Printed Figures for Frequency:',freqleg{i},'-Hz']
end
'Exporting Complete'
end
end
FUNCTION FOR PROGRAM 4
function [xTLout,xTsout,pTsout] = program4fun(needing)
mount = needing(1);
amp = needing(2);
freq = needing(3);
if mount == 1
pTs =
[1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,0.2,1.9,1.8,1.1,1.3,0.7];
xTs = (1+(amp-
1)/16)*[0.38,0.37,0.36,0.35,0.34,0.33,0.32,0.3,0.28,0.26,0.25,0.24,0.23,0.22,0.21,0.2,0.2,
0.2];
xTL = 0.3;
elseif mount == 2 %MRE 2
if amp == 2, pTs =
[1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,0.7,1.9,1.1,1.5,1,1.5]
else pTs =
[1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,0,1.5,1.5,1.5,1,1.5];
end
xTs = (1+(amp-
1)/16)*[0.38,0.37,0.36,0.35,0.34,0.33,0.32,0.3,0.28,0.26,0.25,0.24,0.23,0.22,0.21,0.2,0.2,
0.2];
xTL = 0.3;
elseif mount == 3 %MRE 3
if amp == 2, pTs =
[1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.9,1.1,1.5,1,1.5]
else pTs =
[1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.2,1.5,1.5,1.5,0,2];
end
xTs = (1+(amp-
1)/16)*[0.38,0.37,0.36,0.35,0.34,0.33,0.32,0.3,0.28,0.26,0.25,0.24,0.23,0.22,0.21,0.2,0.2,
0.2];
xTL = 0.3;
elseif mount == 4 %MRE 3b
xTs =
[0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3]; %all amps
pTs =
[0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.8,2,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.25,0.3,0.3,0.3];
xTL = 0.3;
elseif mount == 5 %AIR
194
xTs
=[0.125,0.125,0.125,0.125,0.125,0.125,0.125,0.125,0.125,0.125,0.125,0.125]; %all amps
pTs = [0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,2,2,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.25,0.3,0.3,0.3];
xTL = 0.125;
elseif mount == 6 %RUB
pTs = [0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,0.3,1,1.15,1.3,2,1.3,1.25,0.3,0.3,0.3]
xTs =
[0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1,0.1];
xTL = 0.1;
elseif mount == 7 %STE
xTs =
[0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11
]; %0A=0.3,0.25A=0.33;
pTs = [1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,3,2.3,3,1.5,3,1.5]; %at
1.5amp
xTL = 0.11;
elseif mount == 8 %ALU
xTs =
[0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11,0.11
]; %0A=0.3,0.25A=0.33
pTs =
[1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.5,1.9,1.8,1.1,1.3,1.5];
xTL = 0.11;
end
xTLout = xTL;
xTsout = xTs(freq);
pTsout = pTs(freq);
%%END OF FUNCTION program4fun
195
C-2 Transfer Function Analysis Code This section presents the code used during the transfer function analysis and simulation
which was shown in chapter 5. Herein, the transfer function modeling and function code
is for:
1. retrieving |F|, and X values from program 4,
2. using fminsearch to find nominal parameters, and
3. simulating TF model and ploting comparison of empirical values.
Transfer Function Analysis Code: clc, clear all, close all fsamp = 2000; %sample rate, Hz nfiles = 18; %12 for AIR, 18 for all others %number of files to load #16 [1-25hz] nfileshold = 18; %set to 18 to print to individual amp excel folder ampfull = 9; ampfullset = 9; %Turn on plotters using #5 or 9; ampfullsetPrint = 5; % Turn on with 5 or 9, if amps = ampfullsetPrint export will happen a = 1; z = 18; %for i = frequency a to frequency z, 12 or 18 %% %Select the following to make me work mount = 8; %(1-8), pick mount number to describe elastomer mountset = 8; %use 0 for no print and 8 for full print wantprint = 0; %0-off, 1-on for all figures wantsave = 0; %0-off, 1-on for all excel data loadstorage = 1; %%DON"T PRINT OR SAVE IF SET to ONE,1,ONE,1 %% % fileholes = {'MRE 1 DST','MRE 2 DST','MRE 3 DST',... 'MRE 3 Blank DST',... 'AIR DST','RUB DST','STE DST','ALU DST'}; innerholes = {'\MRE 1 ','\MRE 2 ','\MRE 3 ','\By Current\MRE 3b ','\AIR DST ','\RUB ','\','\'}; loadermounts = {'MRE_1_DST_01mm_','MRE_2_DST_01mm_','MRE_3_DST_01mm_',... 'MRE_3b_DST_01mm_','AIR_DST_01mm_','RUB_DST_01mm_',... 'STE_DST_005mm_','ALU_1_DST_005mm_'}; elastomer = {'MRE_','MRE_','MRE_','MRE_','AIR','RUB_','STE_','ALU_'}; %Model elastomers = fileholes; Mount = {'MRE 1','MRE 2','MRE 3','MRE 3B','AIR','RUB','STE','ALU'}; %% Enter Values 1-8, or Run me in a For Loop for i = 1:mount filehole = fileholes{i}; %input the fileset you want to review innerhole = innerholes{i}; loadermount = loadermounts{i}; % currentinc = {'000','050','100','150','200'}; currentinc = {'0.0Amp','0.5Amp','1.0Amp','1.5Amp','2.0Amp'}; if i <=4 current = {'000','025','050','075','100','125','150','175','200'}; ampleg = {'0.00-A','0.25-A','0.50-A','0.75-A','1.00-A','1.25-A',... '1.50-A','1.75-A','2.00-A'}; L40 = {['|F|/X,',ampleg{1}],['K(x),',ampleg{1}],['|F|/X,',ampleg{3}],['K(x),',ampleg{3}],... ['|F|/X,',ampleg{5}],['K(x),',ampleg{5}],['|F|/X,',ampleg{7}],['K(x),',ampleg{7}],... ['|F|/X,',ampleg{9}],['K(x),',ampleg{9}]}; Li0 = {['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{1}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{1}],['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{3}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{3}],... ['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{5}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{5}],['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{7}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{7}],... ['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{9}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{9}]}; Li1 = {[Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{1}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{1}],[Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{3}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{3}],...
196
[Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{5}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{5}],[Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{7}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{7}],... [Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{9}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{9}]}; ampfull = 9; ampin = [0,0.25,0.5,0.75,1.0,1.25,1.5,1.75,2.0]; elseif i >4 current = {'000','050','100','150','200'}; ampleg = {'0.00-A','0.50-A','1.00-A','1.50-A','2.00-A'}; L40 = {['|F|/X,',ampleg{1}],['K(x),',ampleg{1}],['|F|/X,',ampleg{2}],['K(x),',ampleg{2}],... ['|F|/X,',ampleg{3}],['K(x),',ampleg{3}],['|F|/X,',ampleg{4}],['K(x),',ampleg{4}],... ['|F|/X,',ampleg{5}],['K(x),',ampleg{5}]}; Li0 = {['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{1}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{1}],['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{2}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{2}],... ['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{3}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{3}],['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{4}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{4}],... ['Data,|F|/X,',ampleg{5}],['Model,TF,',ampleg{5}]}; Li1 = {[Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{1}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{1}],[Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{2}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{2}],... [Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{3}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{3}],[Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{4}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{4}],... [Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{5}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{5}]}; ampfull = 5; ampin = [0,0.5,1,1.5,2]; end if i == 5 hzs = {'1hz','2hz','3hz','4hz','5hz','6hz','7hz','8hz','9hz','10hz',... '20hz','30hz'}; freqfull = [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,20,30]; freqleg = {'1-Hz','2-Hz','3-Hz','4-Hz','5-Hz','6-Hz','7-Hz','8-Hz',... '9-Hz','10-Hz','20-Hz','30-Hz'}; nfiles = 12; else hzs = {'1hz','2hz','3hz','4hz','5hz','6hz','7hz','8hz','9hz','10hz',... '12hz','14hz','16hz','18hz','20hz','25hz','30hz','35hz'}; freqfull = [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12,14,16,18,20,25,30,35]; freqleg = {'1-Hz','2-Hz','3-Hz','4-Hz','5-Hz','6-Hz','7-Hz','8-Hz',... '9-Hz','10-Hz','12-Hz','14-Hz','16-Hz','18-Hz','20-Hz','25-Hz',... '30-Hz','35-Hz'}; nfiles = 18; end if loadstorage == 0 pathname5 = 'C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\CSV MOUNT FILES\A CSV Mount Files\Program Folder'; cd(pathname5) ndata = xlsread('Program_4_Stiffness.xls',filehole); Freqdata = ndata(:,1); FtStiff = ndata(:,3); KxStiff = ndata(:,2); FtPhase = rad2deg(ndata(:,7)-ndata(:,8)); clear ndata; pathname3 = ['C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\CSV MOUNT FILES\A CSV Mount Files\',filehole,'\Model']; cd(pathname3) filecall = ['XFHold_Data_',elastomer{i},num2str(i),'.xls']; pdata = xlsread(filecall,'Sheet1'); %load to comparison spreadsheet Phasedata = pdata(:,4); clear pdata; end for amps = 1:ampfull %% Non-Parameteric Modeler mountnum = i; if loadstorage == 0 sa = 1+nfiles*(amps-1); %(1,19,37,etc ea = nfiles + nfiles*(amps-1);
197
[base] = program5base(mountnum,amps); XFHold(1:nfiles+1,1) = [0;Freqdata(sa:ea)]; XFHold(1:nfiles+1,2) = [base;FtStiff(sa:ea)]; XFHold(1:nfiles+1,3) = [base;KxStiff(sa:ea)]; XFHold(1:nfiles+1,4) = [0;Phasedata(sa:ea)]; Freqvec = [0;Freqdata(sa:ea)]; StiffVec = XFHold(1:nfiles+1,2); magvecnormdbe=20.*log10(abs(StiffVec)); [ka,za,wa,aa,ba] = program5guess(mountnum,amps); x0 = [ka,za,wa,aa,ba]; [xx,costval] = fminsearch(@(x)program5fun(x,magvecnormdbe),x0); k = xx(1); zeta = xx(2); wn = xx(3); a = xx(4); b = xx(5); HF = tf({[1 2.*zeta.*wn wn.^2]},{[1 2.*a.*b b.^2]}); win = 2*pi*Freqvec; Fin = Freqvec; long = length(Fin); [magmod,phasemod] = bode(k*HF,win); magmodnorm = reshape(magmod,1,long); phasemodnorm = reshape(phasemod,1,long); magmoddb = 20.*log10(magmodnorm); row = amps; ModelHold(row,1) = ampin(amps); ModelHold(row,2) = k; ModelHold(row,3) = zeta; ModelHold(row,4) = wn; ModelHold(row,5) = a; ModelHold(row,6) = b; ModelHold(row,7) = zeta./a; ModelHold(row,8) = wn./b; XFHold(1:nfiles+1,5) = magmodnorm; XFHold(1:nfiles+1,6) = phasemodnorm; XFLabel = {'Frequency','Ft_Stiffness','Kx_Stiffness','Ft_Phase','TF_Stiffness','TF_Phase'}; ModelValue(1:long,1) = Fin; ModelValue(1:long,amps+1) = magmodnorm; DataValue(1:long,1) = Fin; DataValue(1:long,amps+1) = StiffVec; PhaseValue(1:long,1) = Fin; PhaseValue(1:long,amps+1) = XFHold(1:nfiles+1,4); ModelLabel = {'Current','Gain,K','Zeta,Z','Wn','Alpha,A','Beta,B','Damping Ratio, z/a','Stiffness Ratio, w/b'}; ValueLabel = ['Frequency',current]; if amps == ampfull Current = ModelHold(:,1); Gain = ModelHold(:,2); ZetaL = ModelHold(:,3); WnL = ModelHold(:,4); AlphaL = ModelHold(:,5); BetaL = ModelHold(:,6); DampingRatio = ModelHold(:,7); StiffRatio = ModelHold(:,8); end elseif loadstorage == 1 pathstored = 'C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\CSV MOUNT FILES\A CSV Mount Files\Program Folder'; cd(pathstored) ModelHold = xlsread('Program_5_TF_Parameters.xls',filehole); ModelValue = xlsread('Program_5_TF_Values.xls',filehole); DataValue = xlsread('Program_5_FX_Values.xls',filehole); XFHold = xlsread('Program_5_XFHold.xls',filehole); Freqvec = DataValue(:,1); StiffVec = DataValue(:,1+amps); Fin= ModelValue(:,1); magmodnorm = ModelValue(:,1+amps); if amps == ampfull Current = ModelHold(:,1); Gain = ModelHold(:,2); ZetaL = ModelHold(:,3); WnL = ModelHold(:,4); AlphaL = ModelHold(:,5); BetaL = ModelHold(:,6);
198
DampingRatio = ModelHold(:,7); StiffRatio = ModelHold(:,8); end end %% Plot Style Selection marker = {'v','d','^','x','o','p','*','.','+','v','d','^','x'}; colors1 = {'k','r','g','b','k','r','g','b','k','r','g','b'}; colors2 = {'k','m','c','b','k','m','c','b','k','m','c','b'}; colors3 = {'k','r','g','b','k','r','g','b','k','r','g','b'}; lines = {'-',':','-','--','-',':','-','--','-',':','-','--'}; lines1 = {'-',':','-','--','-',':','-','--','-',':'}; fsize = 8; %font size tsize = 7; %title font size xfsize = 10; %x axis font size yfsize = 10; %y axis font size msize = 5; %markersize lsize = 8; fonts = 10; lwide = 1; style2 = [':',marker{amps},'r']; style1c = [':',marker{amps},colors2{amps}]; style2c = ['-','+','r']; style1i = [lines1{i},marker{i},colors2{i}]; style1iq = [lines1{i},marker{i},colors2{i}]; stylem = ['r']; style70 = [':',marker{amps},colors2{amps}]; %figures 70-77 xmin = 0; xmax = 35; ymin = 0; ymax = 10000; %% Figure For Model With Data for each current = 36+20 = 56figures if ampfull == 9 nums = ampfull*(i-1)+amps; elseif ampfull == 5 nums = 36+ampfull*(i-5)+amps; end Lsolo = {[Mount{i},',|F|/X,',ampleg{amps}],[Mount{i},',TF,',ampleg{amps}]}; figure(nums),plot(Freqvec,StiffVec,style1c,'MarkerSize',msize,'LineWidth',lwide),hold on, xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',fonts),ylabel('Stiffness, N/mm','fontsize',fonts),hold on, plot(Fin,magmodnorm,style2c,'MarkerSize',msize,'LineWidth',1), legend(Lsolo,'location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize), axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax]) %% Figure For Model Parameter versus Current To show dynamics of the model if amps == ampfull figure(57),plot(Current,DampingRatio,style1iq,'MarkerSize',msize,'LineWidth',lwide),hold on, xlabel('Current, A','fontsize',fonts),ylabel(['Zeta,','\zeta',' / ','Alpha,','\alpha'],'fontsize',fonts), axis([0 2 0 2]),legend(Mount,'fontsize',lsize),hold on figure(58),plot(Current,StiffRatio,style1iq,'MarkerSize',msize,'LineWidth',lwide),hold on, xlabel('Current, A','fontsize',fonts),ylabel(['\omega','/','\beta'],'fontsize',fonts), axis([0 2 0 2]),legend(Mount,'fontsize',lsize),hold on figure(59),plot(Current,Gain,style1iq,'MarkerSize',msize,'LineWidth',lwide),hold on, xlabel('Current, A','fontsize',fonts),ylabel('Gain, K','fontsize',fonts), axis([0 2 0 8000]),legend(Mount,'fontsize',lsize),hold on figure(60),plot(Current,ZetaL,style1iq,'MarkerSize',msize,'LineWidth',lwide),hold on, xlabel('Current, A','fontsize',fonts),ylabel(['Zeta,','\zeta'],'fontsize',fonts), axis([0 2 0 70]),legend(Mount,'fontsize',lsize),hold on figure(61),plot(Current,WnL,style1iq,'MarkerSize',msize,'LineWidth',lwide), hold on, xlabel('Current, A','fontsize',fonts),ylabel('\omega','fontsize',fonts), axis([0 2 0 50]),legend(Mount,'fontsize',lsize),hold on figure(62),plot(Current,AlphaL,style1iq,'MarkerSize',msize,'LineWidth',lwide), hold on, xlabel('Current, A','fontsize',fonts),ylabel(['Alpha,','\alpha'],'fontsize',fonts), axis([0 2 0 70]),legend(Mount,'fontsize',lsize),hold on figure(63),plot(Current,BetaL,style1iq,'MarkerSize',msize,'LineWidth',lwide),hold on, xlabel('Current, A','fontsize',fonts),ylabel('\beta','fontsize',fonts), axis([0 2 0 50]),legend(Mount,'fontsize',lsize),hold on end %% Figure For Model + Data 0-2 Amp Comparison, each mount = 9 or 5 plots on 8 graphs figure(69+i),plot(Freqvec,StiffVec,style70,'MarkerSize',msize),hold on,
199
xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',fonts),ylabel('Stiffness, N/mm','fontsize',fonts),hold on, plot(Fin,magmodnorm,stylem),%,'MarkerSize',5,'MarkerFaceColor','m'), legend(Li1,'location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize), axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax]) %% 0.5 Amp increment, Figure Data Comparison, 1-8 mounts Fig(Mount,Current) = 8 plots on 5 graphs if ampfull == 9 if (amps == 1)||(amps ==3)||(amps == 5)||(amps ==7)||(amps == 9) ampinc = 1+(amps-1)/2; ampd = ampinc; L7set = {[Mount{1},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{2},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{3},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{4},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{5},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{6},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{7},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{8},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}]}; L7 = L7set; figure(77+ampinc),plot(Freqvec,StiffVec,style1i,'MarkerSize',msize),hold on, xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',fonts),ylabel('Stiffness, N/mm','fontsize',fonts),hold on, legend(L7,'location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize), axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax]) end elseif ampfull == 5 ampd = amps; L7set = {[Mount{1},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{2},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{3},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{4},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{5},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{6},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{7},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{8},',|F|/X',',',currentinc{ampd}]}; L7 = L7set; figure(77+amps),plot(Freqvec,StiffVec,style1i,'MarkerSize',msize),hold on, xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',fonts),ylabel('Stiffness, N/mm','fontsize',fonts),hold on, legend(L7,'location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize),axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax]) end %% 0.5 Amp increment, Figure Model Comparison, 1-8 mounts Fig(Mount,Amp) = 8plots on 5graphs if ampfull == 9 if (amps == 1)||(amps ==3)||(amps == 5)||(amps ==7)||(amps == 9) ampinc = 1+(amps-1)/2; ampd = ampinc; L8set = {[Mount{1},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{2},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{3},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{4},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{5},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{6},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{7},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{8},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}]}; L8 = L8set; figure(83+ampinc),plot(Fin,magmodnorm,style1i,'MarkerSize',msize),hold on, xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',fonts),ylabel('Stiffness, N/mm','fontsize',fonts),hold on, legend(L8,'location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize), axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax]) end elseif ampfull == 5 ampd = amps; L8set = {[Mount{1},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{2},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{3},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{4},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{5},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{6},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],... [Mount{7},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}],[Mount{8},',TF',',',currentinc{ampd}]}; L8 = L8set; figure(83+amps),plot(Fin,magmodnorm,style1i,'MarkerSize',msize),hold on, xlabel('Frequency, Hz','fontsize',fonts),ylabel('Stiffness, N/mm','fontsize',fonts),hold on, legend(L8,'location','NorthEast','fontsize',lsize), axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax]) end %% Save DATA for Program 5
200
% if wantsave == 1 % if amps == ampfull % pathname6 = 'C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\CSV MOUNT FILES\A CSV Mount Files\Program Folder'; % cd(pathname6) % xlswrite('Program_5_TF_Parameters',ModelLabel,filehole,'A1') % xlswrite('Program_5_TF_Parameters',ModelHold,filehole,'A2') % %ModelHold = xlsread('Program_5_TF_Parameters.xls',filehole); xlswrite('Program_5_TF_Values',ValueLabel,filehole,'A1') xlswrite('Program_5_TF_Values',ModelValue,filehole,'A2') % %ModelValue = % %xlsread('Program_5_TF_Values.xls',filehole); xlswrite('Program_5_FX_Values',ValueLabel,filehole,'A1') xlswrite('Program_5_FX_Values',DataValue,filehole,'A2') % %DataValue = % %xlsread('Program_5_FX_Values.xls',filehole) xlswrite('Program_5_Phase_Values',ValueLabel,filehole,'A1') xlswrite('Program_5_Phase_Values',PhaseValue,filehole,'A2') % %PhaseValue = % %xlsread('Program_5_Phase_Values.xls',filehole) % xlswrite('Program_5_XFHold',XFLabel,filehole,'A1') % xlswrite('Program_5_XFHold',XFHold,filehole,'A2') % clear ModelHold ModelValue DataValue Current Gain ZetaL WnL AlphaL BetaL DampingRatio StiffRatio % clear Freqvec Freqdata Phasedata magmodnorm magvecnormdbe FtPhase FtStiff % clear XFHold XFLabel phasemodnorm % end % end %% Export figures(40-43) when current = 2.0 or amp == 9 if wantprint == 1 if amps == ampfull %print once per ampfull pathname2 = ['C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\My Pictures\Chapter 6 Mount\',filehole]; cd(pathname2) fi69 = ['-f',num2str(69+i)]; callmeMount = [Mount{i},'_Mount_Current_Range']; print(fi69,'-r900','-dtiff',callmeMount),pause(3) end %% Export figures(1:56) if amps == ampfull %numbers the figure 1-56 and prints after everything is complete (low resolution) for cani =1:ampfull if ampfull == 9 nums = ampfull*(i-1)+cani; elseif ampfull == 5 nums = 36+ampfull*(i-5)+cani; end pathname2 = ['C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\My Pictures\Chapter 6 Mount\',filehole]; cd(pathname2) fis = ['-f',num2str(nums)]; callmemountamp = [Mount{i},'_',current{cani},'_single']; print(fis,'-r150','-dtiff',callmemountamp),pause(1) figure(nums),close pause(1) end end %% Export Parameter Vs Current Figures if i == 28%8 pathname9 = 'C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\My Pictures\Chapter 6 Mount'; cd(pathname9),pause(1) print('-f57','-r900', '-dtiff','Damping_Ratio_Plot'),pause(3) print('-f58','-r900', '-dtiff','Stiffness_Ratio_Plot'),pause(3) print('-f59','-r900', '-dtiff','Gain_Plot'),pause(3) print('-f60','-r900', '-dtiff','Zeta_Plot'),pause(3) print('-f61','-r900', '-dtiff','Omega_Plot'),pause(3) print('-f62','-r900', '-dtiff','Alpha_Plot'),pause(3) print('-f63','-r900', '-dtiff','Beta_Plot'),pause(3) end
201
%% Export Figure Data and Model Comparison if amps == 10%ampfull pathname9 = 'C:\Documents and Settings\Administrator\My Documents\My Pictures\Chapter 6 Mount\Comparison'; cd(pathname9),pause(1) print('-f78','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Data_000Amp'),pause(3) print('-f79','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Data_050Amp'),pause(3) print('-f80','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Data_100Amp'),pause(3) print('-f81','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Data_150Amp'),pause(3) print('-f82','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Data_200Amp'),pause(3) print('-f84','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Model_000Amp'),pause(3) print('-f85','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Model_050Amp'),pause(3) print('-f86','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Model_100Amp'),pause(3) print('-f87','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Model_150Amp'),pause(3) print('-f88','-r900', '-dtiff','Mount_Model_200Amp'),pause(3) end end end end
Transfer Function Analysis Code Functions:
The functions used within the transfer function analysis code are: 1. program5base used for predetermined quasi-stiffness values,
2. program5guess used for initial starting points for nominal
parameters,
3. determines the transfer functions nominal values and passes them
back to Program 5
Program5base finds QST Stiffness Results:
function [base] = program5base(mnum,ampere) mount = mnum; amps = ampere; %BaseStiffness acquired through quasi-static testing if mount == 1 BSTF = [2586.8,2586.8,2845.7,3036.9,3235.8,3396.2,3542.8,... 3619.4,3687.6]; elseif mount == 2 BSTF = [2904.549446, 2958.931891,3040.689349,3169.978628,3288.319535,... 3398.493404,3481.212444,3546.520701,3603.394853]; elseif mount == 3 BSTF = [2292.049221,2287.422842,2256.878684,2301.962294,2370.026145,... 2455.585702,2546.980828,2626.811386,2674.065159]; elseif mount == 4 BSTF = [575.0394724,584.9265954,579.2995214,572.0821985,566.420404,... 558.2595196,549.625788,541.0624381,532.6941146]; elseif mount == 5 BSTF = [460,460,460,460,460]; elseif mount == 6 BSTF = [2037.049252,2033.976119,2036.238984,2039.322628,2042.520739]; elseif mount == 7 BSTF = [4212.46,4204.19,4203.09,4205.76,4218.23]; elseif mount == 8 BSTF = [4279.979,4352.173,4374.144,4396.704,4420.925]; end base = BSTF(amps); %%END of program5base Function
202
Program5guess provides an initial starting point for
fminsearch: function [k,z,w,a,b] = program5guess(mountnum,ampere) mount = mountnum; amps = ampere; if mount == 1 k0 = [2753.0097;2858.5164;3057.6273;3278.8856;3509.2417;3859.1168;3948.5543;4082.4133;4104.2792]; zeta0 = [1.8,1.8,1.92,2.07,1.6,1.6,1.85,1.8,1.6]; a0 = [1.3,1.3,1.6,1.13,1.11,1.1,1.26,1.2,1.15]; wn0 = [10,10,10,10,9.08,9.08,9.29,8.8,8.89]; b0 = [11,11,11.7,10.97,10.48,10.48,10.79,10.33,10.48]; % x0 = [zeta0(i),wn0(i),a0(i),b0(i),k0(i)]; elseif mount == 2 k0 = [3307.9,3374.5,3703.1,3992,4450,4747,4840,5008,5156]; zeta0 = [1.560,1.687,1.659,1.954,1.894,2.012,2.295,2.235,2.015]; a0 = [1.393,1.470,1.394,1.528,1.370,1.376,1.501,1.432,1.277]; wn0 = [11.561,11.977,10.228,10.940,9.969,9.475,9.673,9.132,8.868]; b0 = [12.34,12.79,11.29,12.28,11.6,11.2,11.4,10.85,10.61]; elseif mount == 3 k0 = [2672.76,2765.38,2883.11,3107.57,3310.21,3495.82,3577.40,... 3797.99,3909.32]; zeta0 = [1.5352;1.55;1.7471;2.25;2.45;2.9;3.25;3.65;4]; wn0 = [7.8835;9.5;9.9452;11.8196;13.5;14.5;15.5;15.6765;17]; a0 = [1.415;1.4358;1.5645;1.9229;2.0611;2.32;2.5811;2.8693;3.1233]; b0 = [8.4209;10.2944;11.0972;13.46;15.4969;16.4;17.4521;17.4574;19.1828]; elseif mount == 4 k0 = [2672.76,2765.38,2883.11,3107.57,3310.21,3495.82,3577.40,... 3797.99,3909.32]; zeta0 = [1.45;1.52;1.5729;1.59;1.62;1.6531;1.6936;1.7;1.73]; wn0 = [16.5;15.873;15;14.5;14;13;12.4;12.25;11.7]; a0 = [1.43;1.5416;1.6278;1.6219;1.6481;1.717;1.7512;1.7543;1.7647]; b0 = [19.0051;18.0818;17.1068;16.6631;16.2016;15.0767;14.5065;14.4103;13.8684]; elseif mount == 5 k0 = [400,400,400,400,400]; zeta0 = [1.67;1.67;1.67;1.67;1.67]; wn0 = [4.56;4.56;4.56;4.56;4.56]; a0 = [1.6189;1.5847;1.6283;1.638;1.581]; b0 = [5.1064;5.1057;5.1034;5.1024;5.1452]; elseif mount == 6 k0 = [2485;2485;2490;2515;2535]; zeta0 = [3.935;3.935;3.935;3.935;3.935]; wn0 = [9.622;9.622;9.622;9.622;9.622]; a0 = [3.7466;3.7466;3.7466;3.7466;3.7466]; b0 = [10.6453;10.6453;10.6453;10.6453;10.6453]; elseif mount == 7 k0 = [5600,5600,5600,5600,5600]; zeta0 = [7.5092;7.5092;7.5092;7.5092;7.5092]; wn0 = [10.817;10.817;10.817;10.817;10.817]; a0 = [7.4289;7.4289;7.4289;7.4289;7.4289]; b0 = [12.403;12.403;12.403;12.403;12.403]; elseif mount == 8 k0 = [5600,5600,5600,5600,5600]; zeta0 = [7.5092;7.5092;7.5092;7.5092;7.5092]; wn0 = [10.817;10.817;10.817;10.817;10.817]; a0 = [7.4289;7.4289;7.4289;7.4289;7.4289]; b0 = [12.403;12.403;12.403;12.403;12.403]; end k = k0(amps); z = zeta0(amps); w = wn0(amps); a = a0(amps); b = b0(amps); %%END of program5guess Function
203
program5fun determines the transfer functions nominal values
and passes them back to Program 5: function [costout] = program5fun(x,magdata) %H = tf({[1 2.*p(1).*p(2) p(2).^2]},{[1 2.*p(2).*p(4) p(4).^2]}); long = length(magdata); if long == 19 N = 19; Fin = [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,12,14,16,18,20,25,30,35]; elseif long == 13 N = 13; Fin = [0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,20,30]; end win = 2*pi*Fin'; k = x(1); zeta = x(2); wn = x(3); a = x(4); b = x(5); HF = tf({[1 2.*zeta.*wn wn.^2]},{[1 2.*a.*b b.^2]}); % Calculates the magnitude of the system in dB magmod = bode(k*HF,win); magmodnorm = reshape(magmod,1,N); magmod = 20.*log10(magmodnorm); % Experimental data expdata = magdata'; % Calculates the cost of the minimizer costout = norm(magmod - expdata); %%END of program5fun Function
204
Appendix D: Early Stages of Mount Design and Fabrication Due to the nature of this research, early design and fabrication stages that would clutter
the body of the document are presented in this appendix. Moreover, this appendix
presents the earlier stages of mold designs and electromagnet designs. The fabrication
process, however, is presented in a general overview. Following the first generation mold,
a first generation electromagnet is presented. A second generation electromagnet is
presented in the final section of this appendix.
D-1 First Generation Mold and Magnetic Circuit The first generation mold in Figure D-1 shows the mold housing and two plugs. The
housing is made of delrin and the three plugs are made of aluminum. The plugs depicted
in Figure D-1 create the lower section of the elastic case as well as the insert cavity. An
insert may be added after this procedure as seen in Figure D-2 or a top section is placed on
the lower section for later injecting MR fluid. As seen in Figure D-3, the lower section of
the elastic case with insert is ready for a final layer of elastic material that will create the
top section of the mount. This first generation mold was successful at building precise
mounts. Do to the screw in design; however, the de-molding process was quite difficult
and often required the mold housing to be heated to expand away from the plugs.
Figure D-1: First generation mold housing and plugs used for molding the lower section of an elastomeric case.
205
Figure D-2: First generation mold and three plugs with lower section of elastic case with an aluminum insert pictured beside a full elastic case mount.
Figure D-3: Lower section of elastic case with insert placed inside first generation mold and readied for upper section.
Moreover, the first generation mold required extra steps in the manufacture of an
elastic case mount which is demonstrated by the fact that the lower and upper section of
the elastic case are molded separately and not parallel. Therefore, a more expensive three-
plate mold was pursued to expedite the manufacturing process.
The original electromagnet in Figure D-4 was built using available electro-coils and
with a flux design similar to that of an MR damper as seen in Figure D-5. The fixtures for
the shock dyno are also shown, but the magnetic shield opposite of the electromagnet is
not depicted. Upon testing with the elastic case filled with MRF-128 fluid, which is a
206
28% by volume ferrous iron fluid, the magnet was unable to cause any change in
transmitted forced. This magnetic design, however, was inefficient with the elastic case
and was not tested with the metal-elastic case. Therefore, this magnet may have been
useful in activating the MR fluid within a metal-elastic case, but no substantiation is
available to prove or disprove this magnetic circuitry design.
Figure D-4: First generation electromagnet and test fixture with an MR fluid-elastic mount in an elastic case.
Figure D-5: First generation magnetic circuitry layout with an MR fluid-elastic mount positioned above the magnet poles similar to an MR damper configuration.
N S
207
The aforementioned first generation design does not present an axis symmetric profile
as seen in the shop schematic for the magnet housing in Figure D-6. Therefore, this
design is not modeled with finite element magnetic software (FEMM). As shown in
Figure D-7, initial testing on an elastic case MR fluid-elastic mount did not produce any
variation in transmitted force when tested with the shock dyno. During this initial testing
the quick connect adapters are used, but not illustrated in the schematics and instead a
revised housing and fixture are illustrated. Further investigation with the metal-elastic
case mount, however, may prove or disprove this to be a useful magnetic circuitry. The
lack of testing and modeling for this design is due to the fact that the fluid is not activated
in a complete squeeze mode which is the basis for increasing the axial compressive
strength of the MR fluid. Therefore, this electromagnet was not tested anymore and a
more efficient magnet circuit that activates the fluid in squeeze mode was pursued.
Figure D-6: First generation electromagnet housing schematic.
208
Figure D-7: Testing first generation electromagnet on MRF-128 fluid-elastic mount in an elastic case with 28% by volume ferrous particle fluid using quick connect adapters on the shock dyno.
D-2 Second Generation Electromagnet As promised earlier, this section presents the second generation electromagnet. This
electromagnet was also presented as iteration 1 in section 3.2.2.
The aluminum frame shown in Figure D-8 holds the electromagnet flanged core
shown in Figure D-9. Additionally, this frame was integrated to attach to the shock dyno
and avoid adding a test fixture. This magnet was only tested with the earlier elastic case
MR fluid mounts which contained MRF-128 fluid, but was unable to activate the MR
fluid. MRF-128 fluid only contains 28% ferrous particles by volume. The coils used to
activate the flanged electromagnet core are presented in Figure D-10. A test setup is
shown in
209
Figure D-8: Second generation Electromagnet Aluminum Frame also known as Iteration 1 in Chapter 3.
Figure D-9: Second generation electromagnet flanged core also known as Iteration 1 in Chapter 3.
210
Figure D-10: Second generation electromagnet coils for flanged core with 21 AWG, 23 AWG, and 24 AWG magnet wire at 500, 750, and 1000 turns, respectively.
Figure D-11: Testing second generation electromagnet on elastic case mount with MRF-128 which is a 28% by volume ferrous particle fluid.